Questions and Answers 2009 10 09

Shared by: HC120705065047
Categories
Tags
-
Stats
views:
3
posted:
7/5/2012
language:
pages:
329
Document Sample
scope of work template
							                                                                                   Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received         Source           Category        Subcategory                      Question                                                       Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Updated
    624
              615      9/23/2009 September Monthly    Data Conversion   Asset Management   For Salvage Value, can we put 0 in the         Yes, you can leave it blank or put '0' in the field.                          9/23/2009
                                 Conversion Meeting                                        field in the asset conversion file?

              611      9/23/2009 September Monthly    Data Conversion   Asset Management   I am concerned that the cost and date          We will provide direct feedback to the agencies after we review the           9/23/2009
                                 Conversion Meeting                                        fields were not entered correctly in the       test files.
                                                                                           Asset Data Entry Template that was
                                                                                           submitted.
              614      9/23/2009 September Monthly    Data Conversion   Asset Management   Why aren't the Fund and Salvage Value          There are no State-wide policies for using Salvage Value. This would          9/23/2009
                                 Conversion Meeting                                        fields required in the asset conversion file   only need to be used if you have reported Salvage Value to A&R in
                                                                                           for CAFR reporting?                            the past. It is likely that most agencies will just leave this field blank
                                                                                                                                          in their conversion file.

                                                                                                                                          If you know Fund, you should send it in your asset conversion file;
                                                                                                                                          however, it is not a required field. Originally, it was required but that
                                                                                                                                          was changed based on concerns from agencies about not knowing
                                                                                                                                          this information.
              612      9/23/2009 September Monthly    Data Conversion   Asset Management   Why can't anything be entered in the           An updated version of the Asset Data Entry Template has been                  9/23/2009
                                 Conversion Meeting                                        Long Description field if something is in      posted on the secure SMART website. This version has the column
                                                                                           the VIN field next to it in the Asset Data     widths expanded and data validations removed from the Long
                                                                                           Entry Template?                                Description field.
              613      9/23/2009 September Monthly    Data Conversion   Asset Management   Will there be any Asset Subtypes that roll     No, there will not be. All of the Asset Subtypes that you might think         9/23/2009
                                 Conversion Meeting                                        up to the 070 Asset Type (Machinery)?          of as machinery will roll up to the 040 Asset Type (Equipment).

              608      9/23/2009 September Monthly    Data Conversion                      How do we submit the conversion files?         The Excel Data Entry Templates for asset conversion should be                 9/23/2009
                                 Conversion Meeting                                                                                       emailed to the Sunflower Project at SunflowerFMS@da.ks.gov.
                                                                                                                                          - Use the following file name:
                                                                                                                                           XXX_CNV009 Asset Data Entry Template_MMDDYYYY.xls (where XXX
                                                                                                                                          is your agency code and MMDDYYYY is the date).
                                                                                                                                          - Include 'Data Conversion Test File' in the Subject line.

                                                                                                                                          Flat files should be loaded to the secure locations on the DISC
                                                                                                                                          mainframe:
                                                                                                                                          - All test files will have a “T” before the file direction.
                                                                                                                                          - Use the following format:
                                                                                                                                          XX.TTOSMRT.CN03.XXXX.DYYMMDD.THHMMSS.IN (where XX is your
                                                                                                                                          agency code, XXXX is for agency use (or just leave it XXXX), and
                                                                                                                                          YYMMDD is the date).
              607      9/23/2009 September Monthly    Data Conversion                      If we are going to convert data via online     There will be specific dates in June that you will be able to enter the       9/23/2009
                                 Conversion Meeting                                        entry (for customers, open receivables,        data. Those dates will be communicated to agencies closer to that
                                                                                           projects, or purchasing contracts), when       time. Also, since these conversions are optional, agencies may
                                                                                           can we get into the system to do this?         choose just to enter the data online after the system goes live.



a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                        Page 1 of 329                                                                                                             Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                                 Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received           Source                 Category           Subcategory                        Question                                                   Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Updated
    624
              609      9/23/2009 September Monthly           Data Conversion                           What is a flat file?                         It is a text file that contains your data. Typically, agencies                9/23/2009
                                 Conversion Meeting                                                                                                 participating in a "flat file" conversion method have more complex
                                                                                                                                                    agency systems that can generate this type of file.
              610      9/23/2009 September Monthly         Data Conversion                             When is the next conversion file due?        The next conversion file is due no later than November 6, 2009.               9/23/2009
                                 Conversion Meeting
              586      9/15/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering &            Customer invoices are created in SMART. Agencies will not need to physically print out invoices as the                     9/29/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants            Maintaining a         Will all the information be in the system information will be available within SMART unless their Sponsor
                                                                                 Contract              or will we need to print out the invoice? requires it.

              585      9/15/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering &            When you view the contracts for a            Yes, there is an Amendment Details page that allows you to search             9/29/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants            Maintaining a         project, will you be able to see all the     for and review all of the amendments associated with a customer
                                                                                 Contract              amendments to a contract?                    contract.
              587      9/15/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering &            An agency has a grant where they bill        If they are only billing 75%, let's assume that this is a match situation,    9/29/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants            Maintaining a Grant   only 75%. How will they know which           where the agency pays 25% and the sponsor (federal or other
                                                                                                       transaction or what in the system is setup   grantor) reimburses 75%. If this is the case, then normally the
                                                                                                       to help them manage only billing 75% of      sponsor share is funded with a different fund than the state portion
                                                                                                       the Grant?                                   when the transaction is created (such as a voucher). They would
                                                                                                                                                    have two distribution lines on the voucher and both would include
                                                                                                                                                    the same Project but different Activity IDs and different funds. If they
                                                                                                                                                    are using the Grants module, it can be set up so that when they use
                                                                                                                                                    the funding source that they use for the match portion, then a Cost
                                                                                                                                                    Share analysis type is created so that they would have two ways to
                                                                                                                                                    track their match – by fund and by analysis type. The Cost Share
                                                                                                                                                    analysis type is not billed to the sponsor, but the 75% of the actual
                                                                                                                                                    cost is billed.
              580      9/15/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering &          Can costs be tracked related to a              Yes, costs can be tracked related to Project/Grant before the Grant is        9/29/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants            Maintaining a Grant Project/Grant before the Grant is actually     actually awarded. There is a pre-award process where the grant and
                                                                                                     awarded? Can you create a grant and its        project are created so that they can track the costs. Once the grant is
                                                                                                     related project(s) and activity(ies) to        awarded, the pre-award spending is processed and the related
                                                                                                     accumulate costs prior to award of the         project costs and billing information are send to Projects and
                                                                                                     grant?                                         Contracts, respectively. Even though you can track costs prior to
                                                                                                                                                    grant award, you still must have funds to pay the expenses.

              578      9/15/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering &          Does the workflow for grant proposal     No, the workflow for grant proposal approvals is optional and not                   9/29/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants            Maintaining a Grant approvals need to be the same as the     contingent on the SHaRP hierarchy.
                                                                                                     workflow in Travel & Expense, contingent
                                                                                                     on SHaRP hierarchy?

              579      9/15/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering &          Will SMART generate its own number for Agencies can either allow SMART to generate a sequential Proposal                     9/29/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants            Maintaining a Grant the grant award process or can we assign ID or Project ID or choose their own unique identifier.
                                                                                                     the number ourselves?




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                     Page 2 of 329                                                                                                          Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                                  Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received            Source                 Category            Subcategory                      Question                                                     Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Updated
    624
              577      9/15/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering &              Do you have to wait until a project is      No, you can move a portion of a project or a specific stage (activity)        9/29/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants            Maintaining a           complete in order to move the               to Asset Management when that portion/stage is complete or when
                                                                                 Project                 information into Asset Management?          you are ready to begin the depreciation process. This can be
                                                                                                                                                     configured by the agency using express asset filter criteria.

              581      9/15/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering a Project      If an agency is not using the Grants        Yes. However, you will not enter your budget directly into Project            9/29/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants                                    module, but has a certain budget for a      Costing, you will do a budget journal entry and load your budget
                                                                                                         project, can you enter the budget           directly into Commitment Control. Your budget will come back to
                                                                                                         information?                                Project Costing from Commitment Control.

              584      9/15/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Managing a Project      As soon as an encumbrance is created,       Yes, an encumbrance will tie up your appropriation budget, but                9/29/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants                                    does this tie up an agency's funds?         encumbrances do not affect your cash budget.

              583      9/15/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Managing a Project      At what point does the requisition          After a requisition is sourced to a purchase order and budget                 9/29/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants                                    become part of accounting record and        checked, the encumbrance is created in the system.
                                                                                                         create an encumbrance?
              582      9/15/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Managing a Project      What type of notification is sent when a    If the project has not started or is expired, inactive, or frozen, it will    9/29/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants                                    transaction cannot be saved to a specific   not show up as an option when you are attempting to create a new
                                                                                                         project? Can you see the transaction?       transaction (i.e. requisition or voucher). This will partly prevent users
                                                                                                                                                     from charging to projects that they should not be charging to. If your
                                                                                                                                                     agency selected a project budget structure using track with budget,
                                                                                                                                                     you will be required to enter a valid chartfield combination, including
                                                                                                                                                     Project ID, or the transaction will fail budget check. Agencies will
                                                                                                                                                     have access to view budget check errors. There will be no
                                                                                                                                                     notifications or error messages at the time of the transaction.


              604        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Agency Impact       If something doesn't impact our agency,          If your agency will not be impacted by one of the key organizational          9/29/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Analysis            can we leave the Agency Impact Analysis          impacts, please note it with "N/A."
                                                                                                    blank?
              597        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering &          Can an agency setup different deposit            Yes, these are called ‘SpeedCharts’ and agencies will be able to set          9/29/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Approving a Deposit templates that would allow them to post          them up and change them as needed. The deposit is the same
                                                                                                    a deposit to an expenditure account?             ‘template’ for all agencies. The agencies will be able to change
                                                                                                                                                     funding/SpeedCharts at their discretion.
              593        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering &          If an agency is not using billing, will the      Yes, if an agency is not using the Billing module, the deposits would         9/29/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Approving a Deposit agency make miscellaneous deposits?              be miscellaneous.

              594        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering &          If you are not using billing, can you set up Yes, you can if you choose, however, these typically will be                      9/29/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Approving a Deposit customers for recurring deposits?            miscellaneous deposits.




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                      Page 3 of 329                                                                                                          Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                                 Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received            Source                 Category           Subcategory                      Question                                                    Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Updated
    624
              596        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering &          Some agencies don’t walk their deposits        It will be the same process. The agency will have a deposit type of           9/29/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Approving a Deposit into the Treasurer’s office. The treasurer     EFT for the amount. Currently when an agency does a deposit for an
                                                                                                    receives an ACH and then the agency            ACH, they pick the funding. The treasurer approves it once they
                                                                                                    creates a journal to move the funds into       receive the money. If the agency chooses to move funds after the
                                                                                                    the correct accounts. Will that still be the   deposit is complete, it is at their discretion and will be similar to what
                                                                                                    process? Will they enter a deposit with        they are doing today.
                                                                                                    the Type of ACH? Will the deposit be
                                                                                                    recorded in AR and no journal will be
                                                                                                    required?
              595        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering &          When funds are wired into Treasurer on         The deposit will show up in Accounts Receivable. The Regents will             9/29/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Approving a Deposit behalf of a Regent, will the deposit show      still have to do a deposit and the deposit must be approved and
                                                                                                    up in Accounts Receivable or does it go        released by the Treasurer’s Office before it goes to the General
                                                                                                    straight to General Ledger? Will a journal     Ledger. It will be done similar to today. When the Regents do the
                                                                                                    be required?                                   deposit, they pick the funding.

              592        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering &          Will agencies be able to check for the   Yes, agencies will have visibility within SMART to see the status of                9/29/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Approving a Deposit approval of deposits from the treasurer? their deposit.

              590        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering &          Will we be able to run reports on the          Yes, this is discussed in the GL Business Process Workshop.                   9/29/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Approving a Deposit Accounts Receivable data in the General
                                                                                                    Ledger module?
              591        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering &          Will we be able to view a list of the          Yes, agencies will have visibility within SMART to see a list of deposits     9/29/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Approving a Deposit deposits we have made?                         they have made.

              588        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Generating an           How frequently will the batch process run The invoices will be generated by the agencies themselves whenever             9/29/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Invoice                 for generating an invoice?                needed.

              589        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Generating an           What are the constraints within the        There will be one standard invoice and the basic billing calculation is       9/29/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Invoice                 Billing module? What level of detail is    rate times quantity. Agencies are allowed different entry and reason
                                                                                                        included?                                  types. There is also a notes field to add additional details.

              602        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Processing              Can I use a purchase order for an          Yes, you can pay the Accounts Payable copying the purchase order.             9/29/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Interfunds              interfund?

              600        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Processing              Does SMART generate the voucher            Yes, they will be sequentially numbered and agencies will be able to          9/29/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Interfunds              numbers in the interfund process?          see both sides of the transaction.

              598        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Processing              How frequently will we need to change   This process is still being determined, but users should expect a policy         10/5/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Interfunds              our sign-on for SMART?                  similar to SHARP which is core user passwords are changed every 30
                                                                                                                                                days.
              603        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Processing              How often will the budget checking run? Budget Checking for Accounts Receivables and Interfunds will run                 9/29/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Interfunds              Will this be different for interfunds?  several times a day but the details of the process are still being
                                                                                                                                                evaluated. We will provide additional information as it becomes
                                                                                                                                                available.
a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                     Page 4 of 329                                                                                                         Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                             Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                Category           Subcategory                   Question                                                    Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Updated
    624
              601        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Processing        If Regents do not track receivables, how    You do not need to use Accounts Receivable to use Interfunds. You            9/29/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Interfunds        will this work if they are the depositing   would go directly to the Interfund Page and enter a deposit. On the
                                                                                                  side of an interfund?                       deposit page, once you would enter the customer and amount.

              624        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Processing        Is budget checking for interfunds only on Yes, budget checking only occurs in Accounts Payable.                          9/29/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Interfunds        the AP side?

              599        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Processing        Will agencies have to print the interfundA&R will no longer approve interfunds. They will perform a post                 9/29/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Interfunds        and provide a hard copy to A&R?          audit of interfunds. Printing of the interfund and attaching to
                                                                                                                                           supporting documentation will not be required.
              605        9/9/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Processing        Will the workflow workshops include      Both sides of the interfund (Deposits and Vouchers) will need to be             9/29/2009
                                  - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Interfunds        workflow for approval of interfunds? The approved on the Interfund page. There will be email notification on
                                                                                                  agency is wondering about interfunds     the page but this will be a manual process and the deposit and
                                                                                                  that may have a different approval path voucher will need to be approved separately on the interfund page.
                                                                                                  from other items (deposits, vouchers,
                                                                                                  etc.). Can they use email notification
                                                                                                  from the Interfund page in SMART to let
                                                                                                  approvers know that the interfund
                                                                                                  requires approval? Will the approval
                                                                                                  process be the same as approvals for
                                                                                                  deposits and vouchers?

              438        9/8/2009 September Monthly         Interface           Interfaces        Are you going to convert current STARS Yes, converted data will be available in the last stage of Interface              9/23/2009
                                  Interface Meeting                                               encumbrances so that inbound vouchers Testing.
                                                                                                  can be sent in for purchase orders?

              443        9/8/2009 September Monthly         Interface           Interfaces        Does each interfund transaction have to    The SMART approach is that each interfund transaction must be                 9/23/2009
                                  Interface Meeting                                               be approved separately?                    approved by the participating agency, similar to the current process
                                                                                                                                             in SOKI.
              441        9/8/2009 September Monthly         Interface           Interfaces        How will agencies be notified of errors in Agencies will need to monitor the mainframe and online pages in                9/8/2009
                                  Interface Meeting                                               Production?                                SMART to confirm whether an interface file was in error. An error file
                                                                                                                                             will be sent to the mainframe if the inbound interface file fails the Pre-
                                                                                                                                             SMART interface validations. If the file passes the Pre-SMART
                                                                                                                                             validations but fails the SMART interface validations, Agencies will
                                                                                                                                             need to actively monitor the online pages in SMART to determine
                                                                                                                                             whether any errors occurred in SMART.

              442        9/8/2009 September Monthly         Interface           Interfaces        How will an agency's functional staff       The agency's functional staff should know when an interface is being          9/8/2009
                                  Interface Meeting                                               know about the errors caused by their       processed. They should check the transaction status as a part of their
                                                                                                  data? Since the technical staff are the     daily routine. It is expected that functional and technical staff within
                                                                                                  ones submitting the interface files, it     an agency will communicate with each other to resolve errors and
                                                                                                  seems like the functional staff would       prevent them from recurring.
                                                                                                  keep making the same errors over and
                                                                                                  over again.
a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                               Page 5 of 329                                                                                                         Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                                Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received           Source                 Category           Subcategory                     Question                                                    Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Updated
    624
              439        9/8/2009 September Monthly          Interface            Interfaces         How will we be notified of errors            The interface team will contact agency personnel to notify them of        9/23/2009
                                  Interface Meeting                                                  resulting from interface files which pass    errors which occurred online during Interface Testing.
                                                                                                     the Pre-SMART edits and fail the SMART
                                                                                                     edits during Interface Test?

              444        9/8/2009 September Monthly          Interface            Interfaces         How would we move money from one           If you are simply moving money from one chartfield value to another          9/8/2009
                                  Interface Meeting                                                  department to another (i.e. interfund      (e.g. fund, dept, etc.) then use INF06 to perform the intrafund
                                                                                                     transactions)?                             transaction. You could also perform an intrafund transaction online
                                                                                                                                                using a GL journal instead of INF06. In addition, an agency can choose
                                                                                                                                                to use an interfund transaction (INF02 and INF44) if there is revenue
                                                                                                                                                involved.
              436        9/8/2009 September Monthly          Interface            Interfaces         Is there any way to send in test files to  No, there is no way to do this. However, there is no downside to             9/8/2009
                                  Interface Meeting                                                  check them for error without processing loading data into the test environment.
                                                                                                     them in SMART?
              437        9/8/2009 September Monthly          Interface            Interfaces         Our agency is not using inbound            The spreadsheets will be available for Stage 6 testing. If you send          9/8/2009
                                  Interface Meeting                                                  interfaces, but will do all of our data    data for a few vouchers to the Sunflower project email inbox with
                                                                                                     entry online. Can we use the spreadsheet "interface testing" in the subject line, we can enter them online into
                                                                                                     upload to load our data into SMART for the SMART testing environment for you.
                                                                                                     Stage 3 testing?
              440        9/8/2009 September Monthly          Interface            Interfaces         What does "In Production you can go and After SMART goes live, all agencies will have access to the Online              9/8/2009
                                  Interface Meeting                                                  see the errors" mean?                      "production" system. Agency personnel will be able to view and
                                                                                                                                                correct failed transactions online in SMART.
              435        9/8/2009 September Monthly          Interface            Interfaces         Why are interface files that used to be in The mainframe was initially setup to delete the interface test files         9/8/2009
                                  Interface Meeting                                                  our folder on the mainframe no longer      after 3 days. This setting has been updated to be 30 days.
                                                                                                     there (e.g. INF01 file)?
              571        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Closing a Grant    Agency has a project budget, but wants All project budgets are track budgets. Agencies have the option to              9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants            and/or Project     to allow a 10% tolerance, so they want to select track with budget vs. track without budget. Staff will be able
                                                                                                     error at 110% and a warning at 100%.       to see the budget figures, but the system will not error when over
                                                                                                     Can the system be configured this way? your budget.

              566        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Closing a Grant    Can you enter a project before the next Yes, you can control this by the project start and end dates and/or            9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants            and/or Project     fiscal year, but prevent transactions from project status.
                                                                                                     paying against it until the FY begins.

              572        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Closing a Grant    Can you post project information into        For reimbursable projects, only the billing information will flow back    9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants            and/or Project     Accounts Receivable, will it post back to    to Project Costing. The deposit (revenue) information in AR will not
                                                                                                     Project Costing?                             be tracked in Project Costing. Deposits should be coded with Project
                                                                                                                                                  chartfields. The deposit transactions will flow to the General Ledger.
                                                                                                                                                  Agencies will need to track the project-related deposits in the
                                                                                                                                                  General Ledger. More robust reporting may be built in the Data
                                                                                                                                                  Warehouse by the agency.

              564        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Closing a Grant    Can you run reports even if the project is Yes, reports will still be able to be ran.                                  9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants            and/or Project     closed?


a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                  Page 6 of 329                                                                                                       Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                                Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received           Source                 Category           Subcategory                       Question                                                      Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Updated
    624
              569        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Closing a Grant      Can your project be closed if you have         Yes, you can close a project even if you have open encumbrances.           9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants            and/or Project       open encumbrances against it?

              574        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Closing a Grant      For billing, there are mandated federal        Yes, SMART does not replace federal forms that you have to                 9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants            and/or Project       forms, will we still have to do these?         complete for billing.

              565        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Closing a Grant      If the project is closed, are vouchers still   Yes, closing the project does not change the historical record on how      9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants            and/or Project       linked to the project for reporting?           the transaction was created.

              563        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Closing a Grant      If the project is closed, but money is still   No. Once the voucher is created, it will continue to flow through the      9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants            and/or Project       available in the grant. Does this prevent      process and pay during the 90 day grant closeout period. If you mark
                                                                                                       the payment transactions from paying?          the project with a "Closed" status, you cannot create new POs and
                                                                                                                                                      vouchers for the project. However, you can reopen the project if
                                                                                                                                                      necessary. We will have a "Pending Close" status that will allow new
                                                                                                                                                      vouchers to be created from existing Purchase Orders in order to
                                                                                                                                                      allow for the completion of open Purchase Orders through payment
                                                                                                                                                      processing. This status will prevent new Purchase Orders from being
                                                                                                                                                      created.
              567        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Closing a Grant      If the project is closed, can you create       No, once the voucher is created, it will continue to flow through the      9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants            and/or Project       and process a voucher for payment?             process and pay during the 90 day grant closeout period. If you mark
                                                                                                                                                      the project with a "Closed" status, you cannot create new POs and
                                                                                                                                                      vouchers for the project. However, you can reopen the project if
                                                                                                                                                      necessary. We will have a "Pending Close" status that will allow new
                                                                                                                                                      vouchers to be created from existing Purchase Orders in order to
                                                                                                                                                      allow for the completion of open Purchase Orders through payment
                                                                                                                                                      processing. This status will prevent new Purchase Orders from being
                                                                                                                                                      created.
              568        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Closing a Grant      If you close the grant, you track              A report could be generated to check for all open encumbrances and         9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants            and/or Project       encumbrances and prepare the 269               you can track payments made associated to the grant.
                                                                                                       report. How do you know what was paid
                                                                                                       after 90 days?
              573        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Closing a Grant      Is the billing function also for interfunds    You will have the ability to setup other agencies as customers             9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants            and/or Project       or just for external billing?                  (sponsors) and bill them for grant-related expenditures.
                                                                                                                                                      The details of the interfund billing process are still being evaluated.
                                                                                                                                                      We will provide additional information as it becomes available.

              560        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering a Project   If your agency receives a grant from   No, there is no statewide standard, although standard reports are                  9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants                                 other state agency, will there be a    available.
                                                                                                       mandate on the information required so
                                                                                                       it is standardized reporting for all
                                                                                                       agencies?



a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                     Page 7 of 329                                                                                                         Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                                  Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received            Source                 Category            Subcategory                       Question                                                   Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Updated
    624
              559        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering a Project     Is the Project ID a centrally or agency     It is an agency defined field at the time of project setup, however,        9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants                                   defined field?                              you do have to define the project ID in the project costing module.
                                                                                                                                                     You can use your project id naming scheme or use auto-number.

              570        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering and        If you have in-kind match (goods,              You will enter a transaction in Project Costing to record memo items        9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants            Maintaining a       volunteer hours) from 3rd party that you       or items that do not flow from Purchasing or Accounts Payable.
                                                                                  Contract            are billing for (no cash trading hands), but   There will be a MEM analysis type in projects that will identify the
                                                                                                      the feds require documentation of the          memo transactions.
                                                                                                      entire amount, how would you document
                                                                                                      in kind?
              576        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering and        Are we working on policy decisions with        We are working with A&R for policy direction, but we cannot                 9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants            Maintaining a Grant agency auditors in addition with A&R           mandate what policies the agencies enforce regarding grants.
                                                                                                      auditors for specific agency rules when
                                                                                                      receiving grants from other agencies. If
                                                                                                      A&R agrees we don't need paper, will
                                                                                                      agencies also agree or do we need two
                                                                                                      sets of standards.

              575        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering and        Can grant managers have access to only No, security is by business unit (agency).                                          9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants            Maintaining a Grant their grants, not others within their
                                                                                                      agency?
              561        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Managing a Project At what level do you have to budget and You are required to report at the level that your Sponsor requires.                 9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants                                report?

              562        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Managing a Project     Is there an end to a project or can it cross A project will have a beginning and end date. You can extend (or           9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants                                   over fiscal years?                           otherwise change) the project end date if needed to reflect updates
                                                                                                                                                      to your project. It can be for multiple years and it can cross state
                                                                                                                                                      fiscal years.
              558        9/3/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Managing a Project     Will a journal entry flow back to Project As long as the appropriate project information (Project business unit,        9/14/2009
                                  - Projects and Grants     and Grants                                   Costing?                                     project id, activity id) is on the transaction, it will show in project
                                                                                                                                                      costing.
              363        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -            Entering a Vendor    What fields will be checked against for      The field checked for duplicate vendor processing is the vendor TIN        9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                             the duplicate vendor checking?               number.
                                  Travel & Expense




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                      Page 8 of 329                                                                                                        Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                             Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                Category          Subcategory                       Question                                                    Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Updated
    624
              618        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   How do we avoid a double encumbrance         Airfare, registration, hotel and other prepaid items will be recorded     10/1/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization         for airfare if we do a PO and also include   as "prepaid expense." The "prepaid expense" will be charged against
                                  Travel & Expense                                                   it on the Travel Authorization? Is the       the asset account on the travel authorization, which means it will not
                                                                                                     encumbrance by vendor?                       be budget checked at that time. When the expense report is
                                                                                                                                                  prepared, the prepaid expense asset will be reversed and since there
                                                                                                                                                  will be no amount paid on the expense report for this expense type,
                                                                                                                                                  no budgetary impact will occur. An agency may choose to encumber
                                                                                                                                                  the prepaid expense on a purchase order that may then be paid using
                                                                                                                                                  the P-Card. Yes, the encumbrance is by employee not vendor.


              619        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing an         Can you pay multiple vendors on one          The Travel and Expense module is available to process                     10/1/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Expense Report        Expense Report?                              reimbursements to employees. Payments to Vendors would be
                                  Travel & Expense                                                                                                processed through Accounts Payable on a voucher. In Travel and
                                                                                                                                                  Expense, one employee would be reimbursed on each expense
                                                                                                                                                  report. In Accounts Payable one Vendor is paid on each voucher.

              396        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher As we complete the Agency Impact               As you work through your agency business processes, make a list of        9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       Analysis, how can we get additional            questions you have and bring those to the workflow workshop.
                                  Travel & Expense                                                 details on approvals and workflow?

              392        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher Can an agency have multiple approvers? Yes, there can be up to 3 levels of approvers. Workflow workshops                 9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                                                                 will be held this winter. During these workshops an overview of
                                  Travel & Expense                                                                                           workflow followed by break out sessions will provide details on the
                                                                                                                                             workflow process.
              429        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher Can an AP Approver access be              No, approver access is not determined by account. Ad-hoc approval              9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       determined by account (sub-objects)?      is available if there are certain payments that should be reviewed by
                                  Travel & Expense                                                                                           others in your agency. This will be discussed in workflow workshops
                                                                                                                                             this winter.
              405        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher Can we have a check sent back to the      Yes, this is possible using payment handling codes.                            9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       agency instead of directly to the vendor?
                                  Travel & Expense

              398        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher Can we have only 1 approver?                   Yes, you can have up to 3 levels of approval. Workflow workshops          9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                                                                      will be held this winter. During these workshops an overview of
                                  Travel & Expense                                                                                                workflow followed by break out sessions will provide details on the
                                                                                                                                                  workflow process.

              395        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher Does the A&R approval process count as No, the A&R approval is separate from the agency approval process.                9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       one of the 3 possible approvers?
                                  Travel & Expense




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                  Page 9 of 329                                                                                                       Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                            Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                Category          Subcategory                      Question                                                  Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Updated
    624
              401        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher Has there been any discussion on           The Project is working with A&R along with our outside auditors to          9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       whether audit requirements are going to    discuss documentation requirements at a central level. Of course, a
                                  Travel & Expense                                                 be met as we transfer to a paperless       description should be entered on the voucher to describe the
                                                                                                   system?                                    purchase. Document imaging is outside the project scope.

              397        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher If we only want 2 levels, can we do that? Yes, you can have up to 3 levels of approval. Workflow workshops             9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                                                                 will be held this winter. During these workshops an overview of
                                  Travel & Expense                                                                                           workflow followed by break out sessions will provide details on the
                                                                                                                                             workflow process.
              393        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher Is the voucher process complete           Yes, once the voucher has been matched (if applicable), budget               9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       (payment ready to be made) as soon as checked and approved, the payment is processed.
                                  Travel & Expense                                                 the last person approves the voucher?

              402        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher The vendor on PO has to match vendor The details of the process are still being evaluated. We will provide             9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       on voucher. Is this true for UMB also (i.e. additional information as it becomes available.
                                  Travel & Expense                                                 BPC transactions)?

              400        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher What if the approver finds an error? Can It depends on the security roles assigned to the employee if the              9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       they fix it or does it have to go back to employee can fix the voucher or if someone else will need to make
                                  Travel & Expense                                                 the processor?                            the corrections.

              399        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher What if your approver is on leave? Is      If you know in advance that you will be gone, you can take action           9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       there ad-hoc approval?                     within SMART to "reassign" your approvals to someone else prior to
                                  Travel & Expense                                                                                            your absence. Otherwise, in cases where you are out unexpectedly,
                                                                                                                                              only the workflow administrator can reassign the documents for
                                                                                                                                              approval. There will also be capability to use ad-hoc approvals, based
                                                                                                                                              on security profiles.

              394        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher Will the workflow from the agency to       Yes, the workflow will be covered in workshops and in training.             9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       A&R and back to the agency be covered
                                  Travel & Expense                                                 in the workflow workshops?

              404        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher Will there be a control if someone has     No, if they have both processing and approving roles, then they can         9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       processing and approving rights so that    approve the same transaction.
                                  Travel & Expense                                                 they cannot approve the same
                                                                                                   transaction they created?
              403        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher Will we have to batch vouchers in          No, you will not have to batch vouchers in SMART. Agencies could            9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       SMART?                                     use the control group as a tool for batching vouchers, but it is not
                                  Travel & Expense                                                                                            required.

              377        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a Non-PO    Can you record in advance for             Yes, you can create a requisition, which would become a purchase            9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher              items/services you know will be future    order. The purchase order would encumber funds. You can create
                                  Travel & Expense                                                  expenses such as utilities?               Purchase Order(s) for future expenses, for the entire fiscal year if you
                                                                                                                                              choose.


a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                Page 10 of 329                                                                                                      Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                           Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                Category         Subcategory                      Question                                                   Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Updated
    624
              381        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a Non-PO   Do you have to have an invoice date for    Yes, the invoice date is required.                                        9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher             duplicate invoice checking?
                                  Travel & Expense

              382        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a Non-PO   How do you send attachments on             The Project is working with A&R along with our outside auditors to        9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher             vouchers that are going to A&R via         discuss documentation requirements at a central level. Of course, a
                                  Travel & Expense                                                 workflow that exceed the agency's          description should be entered on the voucher to describe the
                                                                                                   delegated audit authority?                 purchase. Document imaging is outside the project scope.

              378        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a Non-PO   How will we know which payments have You can check on the status of a voucher in SMART.                              9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher             been released by A&R?
                                  Travel & Expense

              380        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a Non-PO   Is the invoice number required? What if    The invoice number is required, but you could use the date of             9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher             we do not use invoice numbers (an          payment or any unique identifier.
                                  Travel & Expense                                                 example is when the lottery pays out
                                                                                                   winners)?
              376        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a Non-PO   Is the voucher budget check against the    The voucher is budget checked against both the cash and                   9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher             cash and appropriations budget?            appropriation budgets.
                                  Travel & Expense

              372        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a Non-PO   What happens if a voucher is not           This is a business process your agency would need to consider.            9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher             approved within your agency?               Workflow workshops will be held this winter. During these
                                  Travel & Expense                                                                                            workshops an overview of workflow followed by break out sessions
                                                                                                                                              will provide details on the workflow process.

              374        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a Non-PO   What if an agency does not currently       Any existing policies regarding delegated audit authority will be         9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher             have delegated audit authority?            accounted for in SMART.
                                  Travel & Expense

              375        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a Non-PO   What if the agency has a voucher that has There will be the same type of "same day" exception process                9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher             to be paid same day? How long does        available in SMART. Vouchers that are matched, budget-checked and
                                  Travel & Expense                                                 approval process take?                    approved will be picked up in the paycycle. The matching and budget
                                                                                                                                             checking process will run throughout the day and it will be up to the
                                                                                                                                             agency to work the resulting errors on a timely basis. If a voucher
                                                                                                                                             requires special handling, you will need to rely on phone calls/emails
                                                                                                                                             to others in the approval path if there are isolated critical payments.


              379        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a Non-PO   What's the criteria of duplicate invoice   Business Unit, Invoice Date, Invoice Number and Vendor ID Number          9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher             checking?                                  are used in this checking.
                                  Travel & Expense




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                               Page 11 of 329                                                                                                     Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                               Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                Category         Subcategory                      Question                                                   Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Updated
    624
              434        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a PO        Can the person entering the voucher        This will depend on how the agency sets up workflow. Workflow              9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher              automatically approve the voucher?         workshops will be held this winter. During these workshops an
                                  Travel & Expense                                                                                             overview of workflow followed by break out sessions will provide
                                                                                                                                               details on the workflow process.

              387        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a PO        Can you search for a voucher by the        In SMART, inquiry can done in a variety of ways, by vendor, user who       9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher              vendor?                                    entered or approved the voucher, invoice number, check number,
                                  Travel & Expense                                                                                             voucher number, status, ChartField, etc.

              391        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a PO        Currently, one of our funds (3149          SMART cash control budgets can be configured to accommodate the            9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher              University Federal Fund) is always in a    current business practice of allowing certain funds to carry a negative
                                  Travel & Expense                                                  deficit cash position but we are able to   cash balance.
                                                                                                    expend from it. Will this still be true
                                                                                                    when using SMART given the new budget
                                                                                                    checking process?
              433        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a PO        Do interfaced vouchers go through the      No. Not all interfaced vouchers are "preapproved." A&R has review          9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher              same approval process as manually          requirements on a case by case basis, this is determined by the
                                  Travel & Expense                                                  entered vouchers?                          voucher origin code. Regents vouchers will come on the INF02
                                                                                                                                               interface in “preapproved” status, so these approvals are not
                                                                                                                                               relevant to their processing. If the voucher build has no errors and
                                                                                                                                               has sufficient funding the voucher will be picked up for paycycle.

              384        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a PO        Has it been decided whether 2-way or 3- Purchase orders will default with 3-way matching. Agency Buyers can           9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher              way matching will be used?              choose to change to 2-way matching on purchase orders.
                                  Travel & Expense

              389        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a PO        How much paper do we need to keep (i.e. The Project is working with A&R along with our outside auditors to            9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher              invoices, etc)?                         discuss documentation requirements at a central level. Of course, a
                                  Travel & Expense                                                                                          description should be entered on the voucher to describe the
                                                                                                                                            purchase. Document imaging is outside the project scope.

              390        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a PO        Is the AP Approver referred to in the      The AP Approver is an agency role. There is also an A&R approver           9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher              "Creating a Voucher" process an agency     that may be required based on the agency's delegated audit
                                  Travel & Expense                                                  approver or an approver from A&R or are    threshold.
                                                                                                    both involved in the creation of a
                                                                                                    voucher?
              385        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a PO        What if a purchase order was created       It is important to pay the vendor that goods were actually purchased       9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher              with one vendor, but the voucher needs     from. You will need to cancel the existing purchase order and reissue
                                  Travel & Expense                                                  to be made to another vendor?              with the correct vendor. If you need to pay the voucher to a third
                                                                                                                                               party, you will remit the voucher to the third party vendor on the
                                                                                                                                               voucher. This would occur on a case by case basis. If you have the
                                                                                                                                               situation that the vouchers need to always be issued to a different
                                                                                                                                               vendor, this would need to be changed in the vendor table by central
                                                                                                                                               staff. This would mainly occur in bankruptcy situations, etc.

a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                               Page 12 of 329                                                                                                       Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                               Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                Category         Subcategory                       Question                                                  Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Updated
    624
              386        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a PO        What if some of the items on a PO are on Yes, you will do a partial payment and pay only for the items you          9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher              back order? Can you only pay for the     received.
                                  Travel & Expense                                                  items you received?

              388        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a PO        When you copy a PO to a voucher, does      No, SMART will pull the purchase order information into the voucher.     9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher              that mean copying and pasting the
                                  Travel & Expense                                                  information?

              383        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a PO        When you create a PO to a vendor will it No, existing PO encumbrances will not change. Changes to existing          9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher              change existing encumbrances for that    encumbrances would occur when the first PO is closed or paid, not
                                  Travel & Expense                                                  vendor?                                  when a second PO is generated.

              373        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a PO        When you create a PO, does the person      Agencies will begin the purchasing process with a requisition which      9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher              initiating the PO need to know the         does not require a vendor. Once the requisition is sourced to a PO,
                                  Travel & Expense                                                  vendor information (FEIN, etc)?            the PO must contain the vendor.

              364        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Entering a Vendor    Can you enter either the FEIN or SSN in    Yes, you can enter either a FEIN or SSN. There is also a "type" in       9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                        the same field in the Vendor Table?        which you indicate whether the number is the FEIN or SSN. Only one
                                  Travel & Expense                                                                                             TIN is allowed per vendor.

              368        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Entering a Vendor    How will employees be reimbursed?          Employee reimbursement will occur in the Travel & Expense module         9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                                                                   for those agencies using the Travel & Expense module.
                                  Travel & Expense

              430        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Entering a Vendor    How will international vendors that do     SMART has the capability to capture foreign addresses in postal          9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                        not have SSN or FEIN be handled?           correct format, based on the vendor's country of residence. Of
                                  Travel & Expense                                                                                             course, these cannot require TIN (Tax Identification Number - either
                                                                                                                                               SSN or FEIN) when they are entered into SMART, but the next
                                                                                                                                               sequential vendor number will be assigned.

              366        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Entering a Vendor    How will KDOL reimburse for an             Payments will be made in Accounts Payable since these individuals        9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                        overpayment of unemployment benefits?      are not employees of the agency. Single pay vouchers can be used if
                                  Travel & Expense                                                  Through Travel and Expense or through      the agency does not reasonably expect to pay these individuals again
                                                                                                    Accounts Payable?                          and the payments are not 1099 reportable.

              371        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Entering a Vendor    If you do not enter a vendor on the      You can get the information from the voucher, but since the vendor         9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                        vendor table, can you get information on was not added to the Vendor Master Table, it would not be available
                                  Travel & Expense                                                  a report?                                there.

              431        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Entering a Vendor    What is the process when a vendor has a No, it will not be the TM-21 form, since this is a STARS form. The          9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                        change of address? Will they still fill out specific business procedure for requesting a change of address has
                                  Travel & Expense                                                  the TM-21 form?                             not been finalized. However, we should anticipate that there will be
                                                                                                                                                some type of form, and it will be based on the information required
                                                                                                                                                by SMART.


a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                Page 13 of 329                                                                                                    Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                             Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                Category          Subcategory                        Question                                                      Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Updated
    624
              369        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Entering a Vendor     When a new State contract is created and     Yes, in order to create the statewide contact, the bidder/vendor data       9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                         the vendor is new and does not exist in      will be created in SMART centrally. The details of the process are still
                                  Travel & Expense                                                   the vendor table, is there a process for     being evaluated. We will provide additional information as it
                                                                                                     either Central Division of Purchasing or     becomes available.
                                                                                                     A&R to add those vendors?

              370        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Entering a Vendor     Will SMART have a purge process for          Yes, SMART will have a purge process for vendors. The details have          9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                         vendors?                                     not yet been determined.
                                  Travel & Expense

              365        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Entering a Vendor     Will we be able to list bank accounts for a Yes, a vendor can have multiple bank accounts listed, however, these         9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                         vendor that are specific to a certain       will be on separate locations.
                                  Travel & Expense                                                   program?

              367        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Entering a Vendor     Will we need to enter everyone as a          This depends on the type of expense. If the expense is 1099                 9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                         vendor (i.e. guest speakers, etc.)?          reportable and a recurring payment, they must be entered as a
                                  Travel & Expense                                                                                                vendor. If it is an one-time payment and not 1099 reportable, the
                                                                                                                                                  single pay option in Accounts Payable can be used.

              416        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   Are airline tickets part of the travel       Airline tickets can be recorded as part of the anticipated cost, but the    9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization         authorization?                               system will not book the airline ticket for you.
                                  Travel & Expense

              413        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   Are travel authorizations required for all   No, it is required for all out-of-state travel. Additionally, it will be    9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization         travel?                                      necessary if an agency wants to encumber those funds.
                                  Travel & Expense

              407        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   Are travel authorizations required for out- Yes, prior authorization is required for out-of-state travel.                9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization         of-state travel?
                                  Travel & Expense

              412        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   Assuming travel is not centralized within Yes, but the funding information can be changed at the approval                9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization         an agency, does this mean that the an     step. There is a possibility to have speedcharts available and default
                                  Travel & Expense                                                   employee will need to add the funding     funding is established for each traveler.
                                                                                                     for a Travel Authorization?

              420        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   Currently, our agency uses an agency-        Travel authorization information includes the following: general trip       9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization         specific form for Travel Authorizations.     information, employee information, proposed expense breakdowns
                                  Travel & Expense                                                   What information will be included in         and chartfield data. Each section has detailed fields.
                                                                                                     SMART for Travel Authorizations?

              409        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   Does the person with proxy rights to a     Yes, they will have the same rights as the traveler themselves.               9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization         traveler have the ability to see where the
                                  Travel & Expense                                                   approvals are in the process?


a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                  Page 14 of 329                                                                                                        Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                             Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                Category          Subcategory                        Question                                                   Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Updated
    624
              419        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   How much detail is required in order to     This depends. Any additional costs not on the Travel Authorization        9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization         encumber enough funds to cover any          can be added to the Expense Report. If the actual costs accrued are
                                  Travel & Expense                                                   unforeseen expenses?                        less than originally requested on the Travel Authorization, the
                                                                                                                                                 additional funds are liquidated when the expense report is processed.


              415        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   How will cash advances work?                There will be functionality within SMART for cash advances. This was      9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization                                                     discussed at the August Change Agent Network Meeting.
                                  Travel & Expense                                                                                               Information is available on the SMART website at:
                                                                                                                                                 http://www.da.ks.gov/smart/changeagentnetwork.html and select
                                                                                                                                                 Change Agent Network Meeting #4.

              417        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   If the travel request is denied who gets    Both the employee and the proxy will receive the denial notification.     9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization         the notification - the employee and the
                                  Travel & Expense                                                   proxy or just the proxy?

              418        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   Is email notification available within      Yes, an email notification will be sent and the items will also be        9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization         workflow for processing travel              available in the worklist.
                                  Travel & Expense                                                   authorizations?

              414        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   Is the default funding data tied to the     Yes, agencies will be defining this. Funding will be associated to the    9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization         employee in Travel & Expense?               employee during the setup of employees in the Travel & Expense
                                  Travel & Expense                                                                                               module. The default funding data will come from SHaRP.

              421        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   Is the encumbrance at the account level     Yes, the encumbrance is recorded a the level of detail contained in       9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization         for the Travel Authorization?               the default funding, including the account based on the types of
                                  Travel & Expense                                                                                               expenses requested on the Travel Authorization.

              423        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   We will only need to create a Travel        Yes, but remember that travel authorizations are required for out-of-     9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization         Authorization if we want to encumber        state travel as well.
                                  Travel & Expense                                                   the funds?

              422        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   What if an agency currently has an          If the agency has a statutory exemption from completing out-of-state      9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization         exception for completing Travel             travel authorizations today, then that exemption will continue in
                                  Travel & Expense                                                   Authorizations from out-of-state travel?    SMART.

              410        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   What is the point of entry for a traveler   You may have an internal process at your agency in which a proxy          9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization         to enter the information? Will they         enters on behalf of a traveler, but a traveler can enter travel
                                  Travel & Expense                                                   complete a form or enter directly into      documents directly into SMART.
                                                                                                     SMART?
              408        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   Will access to SHaRP be needed in order     No, the data from SHaRP will flow into SMART.                             9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization         to complete transactions in Travel &
                                  Travel & Expense                                                   Expense?



a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                 Page 15 of 329                                                                                                      Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                             Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                   Category       Subcategory                        Question                                                     Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Updated
    624
              411        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   Will employees have the authorization to No, an approval process is still needed for reimbursement.                     9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization         reimburse themselves?
                                  Travel & Expense

              406        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a Travel   Within the approval process in Travel &        Yes, you can have ad-hoc approvers. Workflow workshops will be           9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Authorization         Expense, is there a way to send to             held this winter. During these workshops an overview of workflow
                                  Travel & Expense                                                   someone outside the approval process           followed by break out sessions will provide details on the workflow
                                                                                                     (i.e. the capability to do an ad-hoc           process.
                                                                                                     approval)?
              425        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing an         Can the levels of workflow approval for        All travel documents (cash advance, authorizations, and expense          9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Expense Report        the Travel Authorization be different for      reports) take the same path of approval in workflow.
                                  Travel & Expense                                                   the Expense Report or do they have to be
                                                                                                     the same?
              427        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing an         Can you create a zero dollar travel            Yes, we understand there are situations in which the Travel              9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Expense Report        authorization?                                 Authorization needs to be documented, but there is no associated
                                  Travel & Expense                                                                                                  cost with the travel.

              424        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing an         Can you save an Expense Report before          Yes, an Expense Report can be saved for approval at a later date.        9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Expense Report        approval?
                                  Travel & Expense

              428        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing an         Do all miscellaneous expenses not              Yes, all employee expenses, travel related or not, will be reimbursed    9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Expense Report        associated with travel have be                 through the Travel & Expense module for those agencies using the
                                  Travel & Expense                                                   reimbursed through the Travel & Expense        Travel & Expense module.
                                                                                                     module?
              432        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing an         If the first level of approval is defaulting   Yes, in order to take advantage of the workflow process in the Travel    9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Expense Report        as the supervisor based on what is             & Expense module the supervisor will need to sign-in to SMART.
                                  Travel & Expense                                                   entered in SHaRP, will the supervisor
                                                                                                     need to get a sign-on to SMART to be
                                                                                                     able to enter the approval?

              426        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing an         On our Travel Authorization, what if we        The details of the process are still being evaluated. We will provide    9/23/2009
                                  - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Expense Report        don't want to include the airfare to be        additional information as it becomes available.
                                  Travel & Expense                                                   paid but want to record it?

              522        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Approving a           Are requisitions budget checked?               Yes, requisitions are budget checked, but do not encumber the funds.     9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Requisition
              556        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Approving a           Can agencies assign their own Purchase         No, approved requisitions automatically create the purchase order        9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Requisition           Order numbers?                                 and assigns the purchase order ID number.
              553        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Approving a           Can multiple requisitions be combined          Yes, as long as the requisitions are for the same vendor and the         9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Requisition           into one purchase order?                       requisitions are in the same auto sourcing process.
              524        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Approving a           Can requisitions be used over again or do      Requisitions will be closed and cannot be sourced to a purchase order    9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Requisition           they close once they become a Purchase         again. The requisition is available for reference. A new requisition
                                                                                                     Order?                                         can be created by copying from a previous requisition.


a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                 Page 16 of 329                                                                                                        Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                             Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received           Source                  Category      Subcategory                      Question                                                       Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Updated
    624
              530        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Approving a        Can the requisition be created and              Yes, for some agencies, that is the only option.                           9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Requisition        approved by the same person?
              531        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Approving a        Can you issue multiple Purchase Orders          No, each line will be sourced to a single purchase order.                  9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Requisition        from one line on a Requisition?

              534        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Approving a        Can you leave the vendor blank on a             Yes, the vendor may not be known at the time the requisition is            9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Requisition        requisition?                                    entered.
              533        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Approving a        Do you have to create a requisition or          No, you would need to create a Purchase Order only if you want to          9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Requisition        Purchase Order if you are using the BPC         encumber funds with the BPC card. If you want to use the BPC card
                                                                                                  to pay for the purchase?                        to pay for Purchase Orders, you would need to enter a requisition.

              527        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Approving a        Does the Purchase Order create an               Yes, after the purchase order has been budget checked and                  9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Requisition        encumbrance?                                    approved.
              557        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Approving a        How are printing requisitions going to be       Agencies will continue to enter printing requisitions into the State       9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Requisition        handled and payments to the printer for         Printer's system. The State Printer will initiate an interfund in SMART
                                                                                                  the print jobs?                                 and the agency will reciprocate to approve the transaction.

              532        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a        How can you reference the requisition           The SMART system assigns a Requisition ID for each requisition. This       9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        on your paper documentation?                    Requisition ID can be noted on your paper documentation for inquiry
                                                                                                                                                  in SMART to check on the status of the requisition.

              518        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a        How do prior authorizations work (i.e.          In the future, Prior Authorization requests will be a part of the          9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        item is over delegated authority and no         Purchase Requisition (PR) process within SMART. Instead of
                                                                                                  state contract), agency has prior               submitting a paper request to the Division of Purchases and then
                                                                                                  authorization – will this still go to A&R for   attaching that signed off document to your Purchase Requisition, you
                                                                                                  approval?                                       will select a Prior Authorization reason on the Requisition and
                                                                                                                                                  provide justification within the SMART system. The PR will be routed
                                                                                                                                                  to the Division of Purchases for their approval, if appropriate, and
                                                                                                                                                  then routed through the system like any other PR.
              528        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a        How does the approver get notified that         The approver would receive an email and also their worklist in             9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        they need to approve a requisition or           SMART would show what items need to be approved.
                                                                                                  Purchase Order?
              519        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a        How will requisition workflow work if the       If the Contract ID is noted on the Requisition for the item, this item     9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        item is over the agency delegated               will source to a Purchase Order. It will not workflow to Division of
                                                                                                  authority but is on a state contract?           Purchases. If the Contract ID is not included on the Requisition for
                                                                                                                                                  the item, the purchase order will workflow to Division of Purchases.


              523        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a        If items are selected from the requisition The purchase order status will be in budget check error and cannot              9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        and fail at the Purchase Order level, due be approved until resolved.
                                                                                                  to budget check, what happens to the
                                                                                                  Purchase Order?



a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                               Page 17 of 329                                                                                                          Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                             Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received           Source                  Category       Subcategory                     Question                                                    Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Updated
    624
              526        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a        If you have a requisition with 5 different   It can. If the vendor isn't the same, it will create different purchase    9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        item lines, will it create 5 different       orders, one for each different vendor.
                                                                                                  Purchase Orders?
              552        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a        Is a requisition ID the same as the          No, they are different numbers, but they are connected. Reports will       9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        Purchase Order ID?                           show the link between the requisition ID and the Purchase Order ID.
                                                                                                                                               An approved requisition automatically creates the Purchase Order.

              521        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Approving a        Is the funding information available to be Yes, it can be changed at any time.                                          9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Requisition        changed until the PO is issued?
              525        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Approving a        Requisition exists with 5 items, you       The items will remain on the requisition until you cancel, close or          9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Requisition        source 3 items to a purchase order, what source the remaining lines on the requisition.
                                                                                                  happens with the other 2 items?

              550        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a        We have staff that go to local businesses No, but if they do not go through the Purchase Order process, the             9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        to make purchases via their BPC card and funds will not be encumbered.
                                                                                                  bring their invoices back. Do we need to
                                                                                                  create a requisition or Purchase Order for
                                                                                                  these items?

              551        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a        What is the process if there is an           The agency may internally assign a temporary PO number to verbally         9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        emergency purchase and the vendor            provide the vendor. Then when the system is available, the
                                                                                                  needs a Purchase Order number? (After        transaction may be entered. The temporary PO number may be
                                                                                                  hours)                                       entered in the PO Reference field. The vendor should be advised of
                                                                                                                                               the correct PO ID at that time.
              520        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a        Will SMART automatically convert fiscal      No, you will have to update the requisition with the new funding           9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        information from one fiscal year to the      information to the correct funding information.
                                                                                                  next fiscal year?
              529        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Approving a        Will the approver receive an email           Yes, the approver will receive email notification.                         9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Requisition        notification?
              535        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Approving a        Will workflow be configured to route by No, workflow will be configured to route to specific individuals which          9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Requisition        department ID – based on Chartfields so will be covered during workflow workshops this winter.
                                                                                                  requisitions will it go to different people?

              515        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a         Can you post partial goods to the system     You can enter a partial receipt. SMART tracks partial receipts and will    9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        or do you have to wait until all goods are   let you pay for the goods you have received.
                                                                                                  received?
              516        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a         Can you scan and attach documents in      No, you can enter the information into SMART, but SMART is not a              9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        SMART?                                    document imaging system. Refer to the FAQ in the June 2009
                                                                                                                                            Sunflower Project newsletter for more information.
              511        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a         Do items have to be selected from the     Yes, you can enter descriptions, etc. without selecting them from the         9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        item master list or can items be entered? item master list.

              517        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a         Do you have to keep the hard copy of         The Sunflower Project will be working with A&R to identify the             9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        documentation (packing slip, invoices,       appropriate policy concerning this, taking into consideration advice
                                                                                                  etc.) in case of an audit?                   from outside auditors and best practices.
a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                              Page 18 of 329                                                                                                        Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                             Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received           Source                  Category       Subcategory                    Question                                                     Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Updated
    624
              509        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a         Does every requisition have to have the       Yes, however SMART functionality includes ad-hoc approval for           9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        same approval process?                        requisitions, which allows you to route to additional reviewers as
                                                                                                                                                needed. Additional workflow details will be provided in Workflow
                                                                                                                                                Workshops this winter.
              512        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a         How is the funding information                This information will be captured in an Agency Task and/or              9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        determined that is defaulted? Is there a      Workshop.
                                                                                                  workshop or activity that will define this?

              514        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a         How many requisitioners do you have to That depends on your agency. You can have a centralized process or             9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        have, one or many?                     multiple people entering requisitions. Agencies will need to consider
                                                                                                                                         what works best for their business practices.

              508        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a         If you have a multi-step approval process, Workflow workshops will be held this winter. During these                  9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        can that be set up in your workflow?       workshops an overview of workflow followed by break out sessions
                                                                                                                                             will provide details on the workflow process.
              510        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a         When entering a requisition, will the      No, agencies will need to enter asset business unit and profile ID for     9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        system determine it is an asset based on the asset data to flow to Asset Management.
                                                                                                  amount or object code?
              513        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Creating a         Will funding information be defaulted for No, the requestor will have to have default funding.                        9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Requisition        every requisition?
              623        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Encumbrances       How are encumbrances liquidated in         If the requisition was sourced to a Purchase Order (encumbrance            10/5/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing                          SMART? Do the funds go back to the         created) then a change order would be processed by the agency to
                                                                                                  agency or to the State General Fund?       release the unneeded portion of the encumbrance. If the
                                                                                                                                             encumbrance is released in the same fiscal year as the encumbrance
                                                                                                                                             is created the agency appropriation will be available to the agency. If
                                                                                                                                             the encumbrance is released in a subsequent fiscal year the authority
                                                                                                                                             to spend the appropriation/expenditure limitation will be lapsed and
                                                                                                                                             will not be available to the agency.


              540        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a       As soon as Purchase Order is approved         The dispatch cycle is still being determined. We will provide           9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Purchase Order     and dispatched, it is real time?              additional information as it becomes available.

              543        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Processing a       Can additional items be added to an       Yes, if it hasn't completed the sourcing process to a purchase order.       9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Purchase Order     existing requisition?
              544        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Processing a       Can items be cancelled off a requisition? Yes, if the requisition has been sourced to a purchase order, you will      9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Purchase Order                                               need to cancel the lines on the purchase order.
              539        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Processing a       Can you override the vendors default      Yes, you can override at the Purchase Order and it will go out at the       9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Purchase Order     method of dispatch at the Purchase        method selected at the Purchase Order.
                                                                                                  Order level?
              545        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a       Do encumbrances check the cash            No, encumbrances only check the appropriations budget.                      9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Purchase Order     budget?




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                              Page 19 of 329                                                                                                      Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                             Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received           Source                  Category       Subcategory                     Question                                                    Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Updated
    624
              537        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a        How can Purchase Order be dispatched? Purchase Orders can be dispatched a variety of ways. They may be                9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Purchase Order                                              dispatched by email via PDF, fax to vendor, print and mail or via
                                                                                                                                           phone. The method of dispatch may depend on the vendor's
                                                                                                                                           preference and your agency policy.
              538        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a        What does the vendors' preferred        There is one statewide vendor master file. Each vendor has a                  9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Purchase Order      method of dispatch mean?                preferred method of dispatch listed. It is not each agency's preferred
                                                                                                                                           method of dispatch.
              542        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a        What happen if the PO is encumbered at You can create a change order to show the different amount.                    9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Purchase Order      one amount, but the amount is different Depending on the circumstances, you may also just pay the voucher.
                                                                                                   due to changes?                         This may give a match exception that could be overridden.

              541        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a        What happens if a Purchase Order is         You need to cancel the PO so that the funds will be released from the     9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Purchase Order      approved, money is encumbered, then         encumbrance.
                                                                                                   vendor can not supply good, what
                                                                                                   happens to encumbered funds?
              536        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Processing a        When a buyer dispatches PO, is that         Funds are encumbered at the time the Purchase Order is budget             9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing       Purchase Order      when funds are encumbered?                  checked.
              555        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Receiving           Can an agency upload other vendor           At go-live, SMART will include a connection with Corporate                9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing                Purchasing                           catalogs of those items they order from     Express/Staples to include their catalog. After go-live, Division of
                                                                                                   often or Division of Purchases upload       Purchases will explore the use of other vendors' catalogs that are
                                                                                                   those catalogs?                             commonly used.
              554        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Receiving           Can you enter the receipt, but accept the   Yes, if you have flagged the item for inspection.                         9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing                             goods at a later time (i.e. inspection)?

              549        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Receiving           Can you receive items at a different unit   Yes, there is conversion capability for items.                            9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing                             of measure than what you ordered (i.e.,
                                                                                                   ordered a case, but received at a unit
                                                                                                   level)?
              546        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Receiving           Can you receive more items that you         It depends on the items. There will be tolerances set up. If the cost     9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing                             ordered on your Purchase Order?             and quantity exceeds the purchase order total plus a variance, it will
                                                                                                                                               not pass. If this is the case, you will need to do a change request on
                                                                                                                                               your purchase order to increase your quantity.

              548        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Receiving           Do we need to retain paper receiving        Each agency needs to determine internal business process to best          9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing                             documentation for our vendor or is there    accommodate their needs.
                                                                                                   a state policy that we can eliminate this
                                                                                                   documentation?
              547        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Receiving           When will Department of Administration      The details of this process are still being evaluated. We will provide    9/21/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing                             make policy decisions on retaining paper    more information in this Q&A log when it becomes available.
                                                                                                   documentation?

              622        9/2/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Roles and           One agency purchases items for another More details will be provided during Role Mapping activities that will         10/5/2009
                                  - Purchasing              Purchasing         Responsibilities/   agency, how will this work with SMART? occur this winter.
                                                                               Security            Will this just be a security set up?


a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                               Page 20 of 329                                                                                                      Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                             Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                 Category          Subcategory                     Question                                                   Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Updated
    624
              480      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Agency Impact       During the discussions, it was mentioned Yes, additionally, previous CAN materials are available on the SMART           9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           Analysis            that questions from today's workshop     website at: http://www.da.ks.gov/smart/.
                                                                                                    would be covered at the next CAN
                                                                                                    meeting, right?

              482      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Agency Impact       Is the Agency Impact Analysis worksheet Yes, it's on the SMART website http://www.da.ks.gov/smart/ located              9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           Analysis            available online?                       under the CAN tab.

              469      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Conversion          How much actual data about an asset will Asset data fields that will be converted are available on                      9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               be converted?                            CNV009_Asset_File_Layout document which is available from the
                                                                                                                                             SMART secure web site at http://www.da.ks.gov/smart/.
              470      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Conversion          What assets will be converted to SMART? Agencies must provide all reportable asset data for conversion into             9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                                                                        SMART. Agencies also have the ability to convert non-reportable
                                                                                                                                             assets if they choose. Retired and disposed assets will not be
                                                                                                                                             converted into SMART.
              455      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Creating an Asset   Does the agency assign the asset ID?     SMART assigns a sequential asset ID number. The agency can then                9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                                                                        assign the Tag ID.

              453      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Creating an Asset   Are the location codes agency defined?     Yes, agencies were asked to provide required specific location data in       9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           (from PC)                                                      an agency task. The values assigned to each specified location in the
                                                                                                                                               table, Location Code, will be maintained centrally.

              454      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Creating an Asset   Could an asset be tracked down to an       Yes, you can associate an asset with a specific employee, called a           9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           (from PC)           employee's office?                         custodian. Assets can be assigned a Location and an Area Definition
                                                                                                                                               to track its physical location. Location is primarily defined at building
                                                                                                                                               level, Area Definitions are primarily defined at the floor/room level.

              452      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Creating an Asset   If you use Project Costing, do you have to If agency builds an asset in Project Costing (a building for example)        9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           (from PC)           use this integration to create an asset?   then yes, integration is required. If an asset is being purchased
                                                                                                                                               (equipment), then integration is not required.

              451      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Creating an Asset   Is there any tickler system to remind      No, Asset Management does not have workflow. Agencies need to                9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           (from PC)           project managers to forward asset          consider how this may impact their business process and develop an
                                                                                                    information to Asset Management?           internal process.

              456      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Creating an Asset   What if a project never completes, but     If the project does not complete, the costs accumulated to date can          9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           (from PC)           the development to date needs to be        be integrated into Asset Management.
                                                                                                    accounted for in Asset Management?




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                Page 21 of 329                                                                                                        Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                             Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                 Category          Subcategory                     Question                                                   Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Updated
    624
              473      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Creating an Asset   Can you enter all the information on the No, it won't be an asset until the process of creating an asset is            9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           (from PO/AP)        asset the same time you do a requisition? complete. Fields that can be completed on the Purchase Order or the
                                                                                                                                              Requisition that flow upstream to Asset Management are
                                                                                                                                              Description, Tag Number and EmplID. Fields that can be completed
                                                                                                                                              on the Receipt (in addition to those above) are Serial ID,
                                                                                                                                              Manufacturer, Model, and Location. Once the asset is created in
                                                                                                                                              Asset Management, numerous other descriptive fields can be
                                                                                                                                              populated. As an example, SubType values will be assigned on the
                                                                                                                                              asset record after it is created in Asset Management.
              449      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Creating an Asset   How can purchase orders be sent to a        Yes, the dispatching can be done via email, phone, fax, etc.               9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           (from PO/AP)        vendor?

              458      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Creating an Asset   How does it work if I purchase 50           You can unitize them into individual assets.                               9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           (from PO/AP)        computers on one voucher, but want to
                                                                                                    track them individually.
              447      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Creating an Asset   How will an asset be created if an agency   An asset can be directly entered online for tracking purposes only.        9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           (from PO/AP)        has custody of an item, but does not own
                                                                                                    it?
              457      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Creating an Asset   If I have nine purchase orders for          An asset is not created when the purchase order is approved. An            9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           (from PO/AP)        computers, do I have to create those        asset is created after the Transaction Loader process runs.
                                                                                                    assets immediately?
              459      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Creating an Asset   If one agency purchased the asset, but      The agency who has custody of the asset can create a "track only"          9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           (from PO/AP)        another has custody, how can both           asset while the purchasing agency has the financial and accounting
                                                                                                    agencies put asset information into the     record.
                                                                                                    system without the asset being counted
                                                                                                    twice for accounting purposes?

              446      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Creating an Asset   Will financial data flow into Asset         No, the financial and physical data will flow into Asset Management        9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           (from PO/AP)        Management before physical data?            at the same time.

              472      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Creating an Asset   Will information from assets will be able No, not every field associated with asset is on requisition or purchase      9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           (from PO/AP)        to be entered at requisition (i.e. software order. Warranties, insurance, etc. is entered on an the specific asset.
                                                                                                    on PO)?                                     Fields that can be completed on the Purchase Order or the
                                                                                                                                                Requisition that flow upstream to Asset Management are
                                                                                                                                                Description, Tag Number and EmplID. Fields that can be completed
                                                                                                                                                on the Receipt (in addition to those above) are Serial ID,
                                                                                                                                                Manufacturer, Model, and Location. Once the asset is created in
                                                                                                                                                Asset Management, numerous other descriptive fields can be
                                                                                                                                                populated. As an example, SubType values will be assigned on the
                                                                                                                                                asset record after it is created in Asset Management.
              448      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Creating an Asset   Will purchase orders be created within      Yes, purchase orders will be created within the Purchasing Module in       9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           (from PO/AP)        SMART?                                      SMART.


a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                Page 22 of 329                                                                                                       Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                              Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                 Category          Subcategory                      Question                                                    Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Updated
    624
              450      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Creating an Asset   Will the Asset Processor be emailed when No, Asset Management does not have workflow. Agencies need to                  9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           (from PO/AP)        they need to review an asset?            consider how this may impact their business process and develop an
                                                                                                                                             internal process.
              484      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Reporting           How many years will the asset            Current asset data will be available for the useful life of the asset.         10/1/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               information be kept in SMART?            There is currently not a strategy for archiving data and one is not
                                                                                                                                             likely to be developed within the first year of SMART usage. All asset
                                                                                                                                             data entered in production will remain there at least until an
                                                                                                                                             archiving strategy is developed.
              468      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Reporting           Is the DA-87 required for August 2010 or Yes, the DA-87 will still need to be completed for the Fiscal Year             9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               will SMART have the information to       ended 2010. This is because only the capital asset balances as of
                                                                                                    gather the data electronically?          June 30, 2010 will be converted. The transactional events
                                                                                                                                             (acquisitions, disposals, corrections/changes and transfers) that
                                                                                                                                             cause changes from the June 30, 2009 ending balance to June 30,
                                                                                                                                             2010 ending balance will not be recorded in SMART. Agencies can
                                                                                                                                             look forward to completing the DA-87 for FY2009 and FY2010. The
                                                                                                                                             form will be retired for fiscal year ending June 30, 2011.
              483      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Reporting           Will agencies be able to get reports in      Yes, agencies will be able to get reports in either format.                9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               either PDF or Excel format?

              477      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Retiring an Asset   An asset will stay on the agencies           Yes, the location code will reflect the new location.                      9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               inventory even though you don't have it
                                                                                                    anymore?
              476      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Retiring an Asset   Do agencies need to record proceeds          Yes, it is important to record proceeds because that allows the            9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               from selling an asset in Asset               system to calculate a gain/loss on the sale. In the case of a “sale,”
                                                                                                    Management?                                  after recording the depreciation through the date of the sale, the
                                                                                                                                                 next step is to calculate whether there is a gain or loss. To determine
                                                                                                                                                 whether there is a gain or loss, compare the book value of the asset
                                                                                                                                                 (cost less accumulated depreciation) to the proceeds from the sale.
                                                                                                                                                 If the proceeds are higher, then you have a gain. If the proceeds are
                                                                                                                                                 lower than the book value, then you have a loss. Gains are credited
                                                                                                                                                 to a revenue account called “Gain from Sale of Asset” (or something
                                                                                                                                                 similar.) Losses are debited to an expense account, called “Loss from
                                                                                                                                                 Sale of Asset” (or something similar.) The journal entry will record
                                                                                                                                                 the proceeds, take the asset’s book value off the books (by debiting
                                                                                                                                                 the accumulated depreciation to date and crediting the asset’s cost),
                                                                                                                                                 and record the gain or loss.

              478      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Retiring an Asset   How do we know what an asset will be         The Sunflower Project is currently working with State Surplus to           9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               sold for or if it was sold at all at State   evaluate asset management processes, including processes related to
                                                                                                    Surplus?                                     this question. We will provide additional information as it becomes
                                                                                                                                                 available.



a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                 Page 23 of 329                                                                                                       Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                              Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                 Category          Subcategory                     Question                                                    Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Updated
    624
              481      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Retiring an Asset   Is there something in the system that      No, there is no notification for this as it is a process outside of the    9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               would notify agencies that an item was     system handled by State Surplus.
                                                                                                    sold or for how much?

              479      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Retiring an Asset   What if you get one lump sum for          The Sunflower Project is currently working with State Surplus to            9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               multiple items sold by the State Surplus? evaluate asset management processes, including processes related to
                                                                                                                                              this question. We will provide additional information as it becomes
                                                                                                                                              available.
              475      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Transferring an     Is there depreciation if we transfer non- No, depreciation only affect capitalized assets.                            9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           Asset               capital assets?

              474      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Transferring an     Our agency doesn't do depreciation.        The accumulated depreciation is historically recorded for an asset.        9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           Asset               How will the accumulated depreciation      The transfer value is the net book value.
                                                                                                    be transferred?
              461      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Updating an Asset   Can you assign an asset to a specific      No, you can assign an asset to an employee, but not to a specific          9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               position number instead of assigning the   position. The best practice approach to ensure that only valid values
                                                                                                    asset to an employee/employee ID?          are populated is to select an EmplID and allow the system to
                                                                                                                                               populate the Custodian based on that selection.

              464      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Updating an Asset   Can you run reports with greater than or Yes, date ranges and date criteria are common query and reporting            9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               less than dates?                         prompts. This depends on the specific report.

              466      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Updating an Asset   Does an agency have to enter detailed      All reportable assets require profile information in SMART to              9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               profile information even if they are not   calculate depreciation at the state level for CAFR.
                                                                                                    using depreciation?
              462      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Updating an Asset   How can you tell if an asset should be     The process of determining whether or not an asset should be retired       9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               retired? Would the same person retiring    is a business process within an agency. The person retiring the asset
                                                                                                    the asset be in charge of it also?         could also be the custodian or it could be two different individuals.

              465      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Updating an Asset   If an asset is over $5000, does it         No, at the purchase order and voucher transaction level, there is no       9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               automatically require a profile ID?        systematic validation that requires a profile ID.

              460      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Updating an Asset   Is there a way to update assets as a group No, assets will need to be updated individually.                           9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               instead of singularly?

              463      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Updating an Asset   Is there anything that would tell you that No, there is no flag or notification, but a query could be created to      9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               a warranty, etc is about to expire?        see what items are about to expire.

              445      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Updating an Asset   When an agency pays for a warranty, will No, the warranty information will need to be entered specifically for        9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               that information automatically flow into that asset.
                                                                                                    Asset Management?




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                Page 24 of 329                                                                                                      Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                             Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                 Category         Subcategory                       Question                                                    Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Updated
    624
              485      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Updating an Asset    When an agency pays for a warranty, will No, the warranty information will need to be entered specifically for              9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                                that information automatically flow into that asset.
                                                                                                     Asset Management?

              467      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Updating an Asset    Will there be a default depreciation      The depreciation method for statewide CAFR reporting will be                      9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                                method?                                   straight-line.

              471      8/31/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset                        Will the system track appreciation of     Fixed Assets are carried at historical cost. Improvements to fixed                9/23/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                                assets (ex: land, buildings)?             capital assets can be tracked in Asset Management.

              506      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion      Accounts Receivable Will SOKI groups exist in SMART for        The SMART Interfund Process notification modification is still in                 10/5/2009
                                 Meeting                                                            interfunds?                                design, but in general the process will provide a drop down box of
                                                                                                                                               choices for the user to select the reciprocating agency contact for
                                                                                                                                               notification. The Interfund initiating agency will identify the
                                                                                                                                               reciprocating agency on the transaction. SMART will use that
                                                                                                                                               agency/business unit information to call up the agency interfund
                                                                                                                                               contacts to be displayed in the drop down box. The contacts listed
                                                                                                                                               may be individuals or an email group defined by that agency. So, the
                                                                                                                                               user will choose the contact much like today in SOKI.
              489      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion      Asset Management     Can we convert assets after go-live?      Only assets under $5,000 can be entered online after the system goes              8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                                                                       live. You will have to key them in yourselves online, as there will not
                                                                                                                                               be the ability to load assets via a flat file or Excel file after go-live. For
                                                                                                                                               capitalized assets (assets $5,000 and greater), they must be
                                                                                                                                               converted prior to SMART go-live.

              502      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion      Asset Management     Can we send Position # for an asset,      No, the custodian of an asset must be a person.                                   8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                             instead of Employee ID?




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                 Page 25 of 329                                                                                                            Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received         Source                Category        Subcategory                     Question                                                  Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Updated
    624
              606      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion   Asset Management   Can you define what constitutes a leased Asset acquired through a capital lease must be tracked in SMART. A           9/28/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        asset that must be tracked in SMART?     capital lease is treated as a financial asset. It has a lease term and
                                                                                                                                         lease payment amount. The lease is carried on the balance sheet and
                                                                                                                                         is periodically
                                                                                                                                         depreciated. A capital lease meets the following criteria under FASB
                                                                                                                                         13:
                                                                                                                                         • There is an ownership transfer at the end of the lease.
                                                                                                                                         • The lease contains a bargain purchase option (BPO).
                                                                                                                                         • The lease term is 75 percent or more of the asset life.
                                                                                                                                         • The present value of the minimum lease payment is 90 percent or
                                                                                                                                         more of the fair market value of the asset.

                                                                                                                                           Operating leases may be tracked in SMART. An operating lease is
                                                                                                                                           treated as a nonfinancial asset to which no cost information is
                                                                                                                                           associated. It is normally expensed and can include rent and monthly
                                                                                                                                           payments that are expensed periodically. An operating lease is any
                                                                                                                                           lease that does not meet the criteria under FASB 13. An example of
                                                                                                                                           an operating lease is the equipment leased through the Statewide
                                                                                                                                           Copier Contract. The majority of leases of real property (land,
                                                                                                                                           building, or space in buildings) are also common examples of
              507      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion   Asset Management   Can you do online entry for assets after If it's a capital asset over $5,000, it has to be converted prior to go      8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        go live?                                   live using the Excel file or flat file upload.
              488      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion   Asset Management   Do we have to convert an asset if its cost No, only assets that cost $5,000 or more must be converted prior to        8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        is under $5,000?                           go-live.
              491      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion   Asset Management   If an agency does not currently track      It is recommended that you go back and get all information tied to         8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        assets and wants to track them in SMART, that asset, if possible.
                                                                                                will they have to go back and get the date
                                                                                                of purchase and price of the asset? Or
                                                                                                can I estimate or not put those values?

              490      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion   Asset Management   If I want to convert assets with help from Yes, assets greater than $5,000 must be converted prior to go-live.        8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        the Sunflower Project, is this the time to Also, during the project the agency has the opportunity to load their
                                                                                                do it?                                     other assets (under $5,000) via a flat file with project resources to
                                                                                                                                           help with any issues. After go-live agencies will need to enter those
                                                                                                                                           assets online.
              504      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion   Asset Management   Is Employee ID required for asset          No, employee ID is not required for asset conversion.                      8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        conversion?
              492      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion   Asset Management   Is the asset conversion excel file data    Yes, it is posted on the secure part of the SMART website at               8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        entry template available?                  http://www.da.ks.gov/smart/.
              505      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion   Asset Management   We have assets we bought 10 years ago You could send that information in the Long Description field in the            8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        with an old project number that is not     conversion file. If you do, it will be tracked in a comment/description
                                                                                                active. We want to retain that             field in SMART for reference purposes.
                                                                                                information for historical purposes. How
                                                                                                do we do that?
a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                            Page 26 of 329                                                                                                      Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                          Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received         Source                Category         Subcategory                      Question                                                     Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Updated
    624
              487      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion   Asset Management     What do you consider an asset? I          Yes, machinery, vehicles, land, and buildings could also be considered        8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                          consider this to be furniture, computers, assets. Reportable assets (assets greater than $5,000) are assets
                                                                                                  desks. Is that what you're looking for?   tracked for financial reporting on the statewide CAFR. Non-
                                                                                                                                            reportable assets (assets valued at less than $5,000) are assets
                                                                                                                                            tracked for physical and audit purposes.

              503      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion   Asset Management     What if the custodian is not a person?    The process for this in the future is that the custodian for an asset         8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                          For example-- if there is a computer in a must be a person. The person who has stewardship of the pickup
                                                                                                  pickup truck, we consider the truck to be truck is also the custodian of the computer.
                                                                                                  the custodian.

              486      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion   Asset Management     Will there be a central conversion for all   No, agencies need to send vehicles that need to be converted in their      8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                          cars?                                        conversion files.
              494      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion   Configuration Values Are the configuration values posted?         The configuration values needed by agencies for use in their               8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                          How do I access the configuration values?    conversion files have been posted on the secure portion of the
                                                                                                                                               SMART website. To access them, click on the Technical Resources
                                                                                                                                               button at the top of the SMART website's homepage:
                                                                                                                                               http://www.da.ks.gov/smart/ and click the link that says "Click to
                                                                                                                                               view documents" On the page that is displayed, scroll down until you
                                                                                                                                               see the Configuration Values section.

              498      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion   Configuration Values How will I know about changes that are       The Sunflower Project will send out a project communication                8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                          made with the conversion programs or         regarding any changes that are made. Also, changes will be discussed
                                                                                                  configuration values?                        at the next Monthly Conversion Meeting.
              497      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion   Configuration Values Is the Business Unit the same for the        Yes, once you know what your Business Unit is, it will be the same for     8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                          whole agency?                                all modules. The Business Unit values have been published and are
                                                                                                                                               located on the SMART website at http://www.da.ks.gov/smart/.

              501      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion   Configuration Values Was the Agency Use chartfield defined by     Yes, agencies submitted the values for this via Task 211.                  8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                          agencies?
              496      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion   Configuration Values Why aren't all the configuration values      For some of them, the list of values is really long-- hundreds, or even    8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                          listed in the file layout or data entry      thousands, of values. This is why we are publishing separate lists that
                                                                                                  template?                                    just contain the valid values for a particular field.

                                                                                                                                               In the file layout/data entry template, it tells you the configuration
                                                                                                                                               work unit that you need to reference. After you see that, you can
                                                                                                                                               access the related spreadsheet from the secure SMART website in
                                                                                                                                               order to see the valid values for that field.


              500      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion   Configuration Values Will the configuration values work for       Yes, configuration values are also for interfaces.                         8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                          interfaces as well?
              493      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion   Project Plans        Do we need a separate plan from the          No, for Task 215, we want to know which conversions you plan to            8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                          project plan for conversion for Agency       participate in, how many transactions you will convert, and which
                                                                                                  Task 215?                                    conversion methods you plan to use.
a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                              Page 27 of 329                                                                                                        Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                               Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                 Category           Subcategory                       Question                                                      Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Updated
    624
              499      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion       Testing              Do I have to send all my assets by             No, it is alright to just send a snapshot of your assets for this           8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                              September 21?                                  assembly test. However, for the test file that is due on 11/5/09 (and
                                                                                                                                                     any due after that date), you must send all assets.

              495      8/26/2009 August Monthly Conversion Data Conversion       Testing              If everything works with the first test file   If you've had no changes in your inventory and the data is still the        8/26/2009
                                 Meeting                                                              that is sent for the assembly test (and        same, then we wouldn't need a new file submitted. However, if
                                                                                                      there are no errors/issues), do we have        there are new records or data has been updated, we will want
                                                                                                      to submit subsequent files for future          another file.
                                                                                                      testing efforts (the mock conversion)?

              256      8/26/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - General Agency Impact         How much detail does the Sunflower             Provide enough detail to capture the essence of each impact. The            9/16/2009
                                 - General Ledger and      Ledger               Analysis              Project want on the Agency Impact              impacts and actions plans should be clearly understandable by others
                                 Commitment Control                                                   Analysis?                                      within your agency, and should clearly communicate to the project
                                                                                                                                                     the magnitude of impact and planned changes.

              252      8/26/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - General Approving a Journal How will an end-user know if there was           Some things will error out immediately during the transaction               9/16/2009
                                 - General Ledger and      Ledger               Entry               an error?                                        process. For example, if a chartfield is entered incorrectly, the
                                 Commitment Control                                                                                                  chartfield itself will turn red. Other edits and budget checking will
                                                                                                                                                     occur in a batch (with some exceptions). The batch schedule has not
                                                                                                                                                     been determined at this point, but you will need to go into the
                                                                                                                                                     system and review those transactions that have errored.

              251      8/26/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - General Approving a Journal Will SMART be smart enough to know               Yes, the journal will record the transaction based on the chartfields       9/16/2009
                                 - General Ledger and      Ledger               Entry               that we are creating a journal to add            and financial data entered.
                                 Commitment Control                                                 money to a fund?

              253      8/26/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - General Approving a Journal Will there be something similar to the           Yes. The transaction will reflect an error status. Transactions in error    9/16/2009
                                 - General Ledger and      Ledger               Entry               STARS suspense string in SMART?                  will need to be worked by the agency to correct before the
                                 Commitment Control                                                                                                  transaction completes processing in SMART.

              245      8/26/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - General CAFR Reporting        There had been a discussion at the             Yes, for agencies who are independently audited.                            9/16/2009
                                 - General Ledger and      Ledger                                     beginning of the project that agencies
                                 Commitment Control                                                   would be able to have a separate ledger
                                                                                                      to create their own financial reports. Is
                                                                                                      this going to happen?

              243      8/26/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - General Cash Control Budget If I have an encumbrance on a cash               No, an encumbrance does not impact a Cash Budget. Cash Control              9/16/2009
                                 - General Ledger and      Ledger                                   budget, can it cause my transaction to           Budgets are impacted by expenses and collected revenue.
                                 Commitment Control                                                 fail?                                            Encumbrances will not affect cash balances or Cash Control Budgets.




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                   Page 28 of 329                                                                                                          Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                              Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                 Category           Subcategory                     Question                                                    Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Updated
    624
              255      8/26/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - General Creating a Journal   How much will speedcharts help in          Speedcharts provide a tool (speedchart code) to enter routinely used      10/1/2009
                                 - General Ledger and      Ledger               Entry                transaction processing?                    chartfields or chartfield strings. At the time of data entry the
                                 Commitment Control                                                                                             speedchart code is selected reducing key strokes and data entry
                                                                                                                                                errors. Speedcharts are available in Purchasing, Accounts Payable,
                                                                                                                                                Accounts Receivable, and Travel and Expense.

              250      8/26/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - General Creating a Journal   If I am creating a manual journal not in a General Ledger journals will be created online in SMART. An excel         9/16/2009
                                 - General Ledger and      Ledger               Entry                sub module, will I be keying into an       spreadsheet is also available to load journals in SMART. All journals
                                 Commitment Control                                                  application journal similar to SOKI?       will need to pass edit and budget checks.

              254      8/26/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - General Creating a Journal   What if someone in my agency is not       The project will be offering a basic accounting course for agency staff    9/16/2009
                                 - General Ledger and      Ledger               Entry                familiar with debit and credits?          who do not have formal training in accounting. This training is
                                 Commitment Control                                                                                            intended to supplement on the job training provided at the agency
                                                                                                                                               level.
              249      8/26/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - General Creating a Journal   Will the Sunflower Project provide        Budget checking will occur in a single process and will happen to all      9/16/2009
                                 - General Ledger and      Ledger               Entry                agencies the order of which transactions journals that are available and ready to be budget checked.
                                 Commitment Control                                                  will go through the batch process (budget Chartfield edits will occur as the transaction is entered.
                                                                                                     and edit checking)?

              242      8/26/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - General Ledgers              Do all of our funds have to be budgeted? All funds are subject to the Appropriation Budget. For funds that are       9/16/2009
                                 - General Ledger and      Ledger                                                                             considered “no limit”, the appropriation will be set arbitrarily high so
                                 Commitment Control                                                                                           it is unlikely to ever be exceeded; for example, $999,000,000. The
                                                                                                                                              Cash Control budget also applies and that is the budget that will
                                                                                                                                              control spending on these funds.

              241      8/26/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - General Ledgers              If we have various accounts and            A transaction will fail budget checking at the level at which it is       9/16/2009
                                 - General Ledger and      Ledger                                    overspend in one, can we use another?      defined for the agency in commitment control.
                                 Commitment Control

              246      8/26/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - General Purchase Order       What if an agency does not create a PO? The funds will not be encumbered if there is no PO created. Agencies         9/16/2009
                                 - General Ledger and      Ledger                                                                            are encouraged to use POs in order to encumber the funds.
                                 Commitment Control

              244      8/26/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - General Revenue Estimate     Will the revenue estimate in IBARS be      Yes the revenue estimates from IBARS will be interfaced into SMART.       9/16/2009
                                 - General Ledger and      Ledger                                    uploaded into SMART?
                                 Commitment Control

              248      8/26/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - General Roles and            Can an employee have both the              Yes, employees can have multiple SMART security Roles. Agencies           9/16/2009
                                 - General Ledger and      Ledger               Responsibilities     Processor and Approver security roles?     will participate in a Role Mapping activity later in the winter.
                                 Commitment Control




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                 Page 29 of 329                                                                                                     Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                                Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received           Source                 Category           Subcategory                      Question                                                Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Updated
    624
              247      8/26/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - General Voucher & Payment A payment for an invoice affects the      The decision to use cash clearing in SMART is still pending. When          10/1/2009
                                 - General Ledger and      Ledger                                 actuals ledger, but what about when it is eligible vouchers are picked up in paycycle, the check is written, the
                                 Commitment Control                                               cleared?                                  accounts payable liability is reversed and a corresponding entry to
                                                                                                                                            either cash or cash clearing is made to the Actuals Ledger. If cash
                                                                                                                                            clearing is utilized additional accounting entries are created to
                                                                                                                                            reverse cash clearing and reduce cash when the check is reconciled.

              257      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering a Customer Are customers (AR) and vendors (AP)     You have to navigate to the AR module to see customers and to the           9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable                     visible to an agency regardless of what AP module to see vendors. Vendors and Customers are kept on two
                                                                                                   module you are working in?              different tables.
              285      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering a Customer Can you create labels from the customer Yes, you will use the Data Warehouse to download the customer or            9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable                     or vendor file?                         vendors you need into Excel. You can then use Excel or Word to
                                                                                                                                           create your labels.
              260      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering a Customer If we owe a customer because they       If the customer is already in the vendor table, you would enter a           9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable                     overpaid, how do we repay the overage? voucher to repay the overage. If not, then you have two options.
                                                                                                   Does the customer have to be entered as Either add the customer as a vendor, or create a one-time payment
                                                                                                   a vendor?                               to avoid adding them to the vendor file. Agencies need to decide
                                                                                                                                           which of these options is best on an individual basis.

              261      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering a Customer Is the customer list statewide?              No, the customer list is agency specific, not statewide. The agency    9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable                                                                  can assign customer numbers to their customers or SMART can
                                                                                                                                                sequentially assign customer id's to the customers.

              259      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering a Customer Many vendors are also customers or vice Customers and vendors are maintained separately in SMART.                   9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable                     versa, how does this work?              Vendors will be converted from STARS and maintained centrally.
                                                                                                                                           Customers will be maintained by agencies. Agencies must convert or
                                                                                                                                           enter customer records they plan to use, even if the customer
                                                                                                                                           already exists as a vendor in the vendor table or in another agency's
                                                                                                                                           customer table.
              258      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering a Customer What are the search mechanisms to find The Customer Search includes Customer ID, Name, Telephone, City,             9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable                     customers?                              State and Postal Code. Each field can be searched with criteria
                                                                                                                                           options including, "contains", "between" and "equal", etc.


              272      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering and        Can you flag an open or pending AR item You can use the reason code, item id field, or group id to identify ACH     9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Approving a Deposit that is going to be paid by ACH?        on a pending item. However, STO cannot view open items. STO can
                                                                                                                                           see view deposits/receipts which can be flagged as an EFT (same as
                                                                                                                                           ACH) in the deposit type field. If applicable, an agency can create the
                                                                                                                                           pending item and open deposit at the same time in SMART matching
                                                                                                                                           the two only once the receipts are received by the agency.

              273      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering and        How can we distinguish between cash,         The payment method in SMART will show as cash, check, EFT, or NSF.     9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Approving a Deposit check or wire on our deposits?



a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                   Page 30 of 329                                                                                                Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                               Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                  Category           Subcategory                      Question                                                    Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Updated
    624
              269      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering and        How can you enter deposits?                     Deposits can be entered into SMART three ways, on-line, using an             9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Approving a Deposit                                                 excel spreadsheet upload (INF43) or via an interface (INF44).

              270      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering and        How will electronic ACH show up on the          The deposit type on the revenue will show as EFT.                            9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Approving a Deposit deposit?

              268      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering and        If all deposits will be miscellaneous, do       No, miscellaneous deposits do not require a customer ID.                     9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Approving a Deposit you have to enter customer number?

              271      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Entering and        Today, credit card payments are received        The process will work in the future like it does today. The payments         9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Approving a Deposit and go to clearing account and then on a        will go to the State Treasurers Office (STO) the same way, same
                                                                                                   monthly basis, a journal voucher is done.       clearing accounts, deposit adjustment out of clearing accounts to
                                                                                                   How will these payments work in                 your agency accounts.
                                                                                                   SMART?
              267      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Generating an       Do you have to send one invoice for each        No, you can consolidate multiple bills into one invoice.                     9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Invoice             bill?

              263      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Generating an           If you use Contracts and Grants, is an      Yes, once the Billing Worksheet is approved, an invoice is generated.        9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Invoice                 invoice automatically generated? Is there   However, if you never approve the Billing Worksheet or if you delete
                                                                                                       an option before finalizing the bill to     the Billing Worksheet, it will not create an invoice or pending item in
                                                                                                       delete the transaction so it doesn't        Accounts Receivable.
                                                                                                       generate an invoice in Billing or create
                                                                                                       pending items in A/R?
              264      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Generating an           If you use Projects and Grants, do you      No, the grant will create contract which creates a bill. However, you        9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Invoice                 have to use billing?                        can elect not to send the bill and/or delete the billing worksheet.

              262      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Generating an           We incur an expense and bill the federal    To generate an invoice in billing the agency would enter the items to        9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Invoice                 government. How will generating an          be billed. A batch process is run to create a billing worksheet. The
                                                                                                       invoice in billing work?                    agency reviews the billing worksheet and makes changes if necessary.
                                                                                                                                                   The agency would then approve and finalize the worksheet to create
                                                                                                                                                   the invoice. If the agency is using the Grants/Contracts/Project
                                                                                                                                                   Costing solution in SMART the billing worksheet will automatically be
                                                                                                                                                   created through integration with Contracts and Grants.

              266      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Generating an           What is the difference between billing      Billing is the process of recording the items for which you are billing a    9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Invoice                 and invoicing?                              customer. Invoice the is the physical document created and sent to
                                                                                                                                                   the customer, generated from the billing process.


              265      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Generating an           Will open items remain as pending items? Contracts sends the Billing module "billable rows." Those become                9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Invoice                                                          pending items once they have been approved on a Billing Worksheet
                                                                                                                                                and invoiced. You can write-off or defer billable rows if you do not
                                                                                                                                                want them to turn into a pending item. Once it is a pending item, it
                                                                                                                                                will exist until action is taken on it (payment, write-off, deferred, etc).


a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                   Page 31 of 329                                                                                                         Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                            Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received         Source                Category           Subcategory                   Question                                                     Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Updated
    624
              274      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Processing        How does the interfund approver notify       The SMART Interfund Process notification modification is still in          10/1/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Interfunds        the other agency? In SOKI, it is             design, but in general the process will provide a drop down box of
                                                                                                 automated email notification, will it be     choices for the user to select the reciprocating agency contact for
                                                                                                 automated in SMART?                          notification. The Interfund initiating agency will identify the
                                                                                                                                              reciprocating agency on the transaction. SMART will use that
                                                                                                                                              agency/business unit information to call up the agency interfund
                                                                                                                                              contacts to be displayed in the drop down box. The contacts listed
                                                                                                                                              may be individuals or an email group defined by that agency.
              280      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Processing        How real time is SMART for interfund         When the AP side of the transaction is saved it will be instantly          9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Interfunds        processing to the AP side?                   viewable on the interfund page. The AP transaction must complete
                                                                                                                                              the agency interfund approval process and pass budget check before
                                                                                                                                              the financial transactions are sent to the General Ledger.

              275      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Processing        If we forget to send email notification on   Agencies will be able to search on-line for their interfunds to locate     9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Interfunds        an interfund to the other agency, how        interfunds where they are either the customer or vendor.
                                                                                                 will they know?
              276      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Processing        If we process interfunds for 100 agencies    The details of the process are still being evaluated. We will provide      9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Interfunds        and it does not automatically notify         additional information as it becomes available.
                                                                                                 agencies, we will have to make sure we
                                                                                                 notify each agency via email.

              284      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Processing        Is there a way that the contact groups for The SMART Interfund Process notification modification is still in            10/5/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Interfunds        interfunds can be maintained centrally, design, but in general the process will provide a drop down box of
                                                                                                 instead of individually by agency?         choices for the user to select the reciprocating agency contact for
                                                                                                                                            notification. The Interfund initiating agency will identify the
                                                                                                                                            reciprocating agency on the transaction. SMART will use that
                                                                                                                                            agency/business unit information to call up the agency interfund
                                                                                                                                            contacts to be displayed in the drop down box. The contacts listed
                                                                                                                                            may be individuals or an email group defined by that agency. The
                                                                                                                                            contacts for an agency as a Vendor will be maintained centrally since
                                                                                                                                            updates to the Vendor file will be a central responsibility. The
                                                                                                                                            contacts for an agency as a Customer will be maintained by each
                                                                                                                                            agency since the Customer table is an agency controlled table.

              282      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Processing        Is this interfund page the same page         Yes, to initiate or reciprocate an interfund you begin on the Interfund    9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Interfunds        regardless of AR or AP?                      page.




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                             Page 32 of 329                                                                                                        Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                                 Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                 Category            Subcategory                      Question                                                   Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Updated
    624
              283      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Processing             When notifying another agency of an         The SMART Interfund Process notification modification is still in          10/5/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Interfunds             interfund, how can I be sure I am sending   design, but in general the process will provide a drop down box of
                                                                                                      the bill to the right person within the     choices for the user to select the reciprocating agency contact for
                                                                                                      agency?                                     notification. The Interfund initiating agency will identify the
                                                                                                                                                  reciprocating agency on the transaction. SMART will use that
                                                                                                                                                  agency/business unit information to call up the agency interfund
                                                                                                                                                  contacts to be displayed in the drop down box. The contacts listed
                                                                                                                                                  may be individuals or an email group defined by that agency. So, the
                                                                                                                                                  user will choose the contact much like today in SOKI.
              281      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Processing             Will interfund transactions still audited by Yes. Interfund transactions will still be audited by A&R in SMART,        9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Interfunds             A&R?                                         however, it will be a post-audit process completed after the interfund
                                                                                                                                                   transaction is posted.
              278      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Processing             Will we be able to see other agencies        Yes. The other agencies' chartfield information is only visible on the    9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Interfunds             chartfields (coding)?                        Interfund page.

              277      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Roles and              Are the roles built on each other or do     The user will need to have all applicable user roles to complete the       9/16/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Responsibilities/      you have to have multiple roles to          transaction.
                                                                               Security               complete transactions?
              279      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -        Roles and              Is the process for getting access to        All State employees must complete the required training prior to           10/1/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable Responsibilities/      SMART similar for STARS access in           gaining access to SMART. This includes module-specific training
                                                                               Security               regards to timeline or will it be quicker   which is linked to security roles and access.
                                                                                                      (i.e. emergency situations)?
              621      8/25/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -                               Are federal funds still able to go          Medicaid funds will still be able to go negative. Other funds are also     10/5/2009
                                 - Deposits and Interfund  Accounts Receivable                        negative? For example, Medicaid.            allowed to go negative upon approval of the Director of A&R.

              329      8/24/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Agency Impact        What is the naming convention for           Please include your 3 digit agency number and the BPW workshop             9/16/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants            Analysis             submitting the Agency Impact Analysis       name in the file name.
                                                                                                      back to the Sunflower Project?

              319      8/24/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering a Project   Are the project chartfields free form   No, they are defined by the agency in SMART tables. Project                    9/16/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants                                 fields?                                 chartfields are controlled and entered in SMART by the agency, not
                                                                                                                                              centrally.
              320      8/24/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering a Project   Can the project budget be imported from No.                                                                            9/16/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants                                 Microsoft Project?

              321      8/24/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering a Project   Will the system help you figure out         No, project costing is not an estimating tool.                             9/16/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants                                 estimated costs for a new project, i.e.,
                                                                                                      activities related to this usually cost x
                                                                                                      dollars, etc.?
              325      8/24/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering and         Do you have to create the invoice?          The invoice will be generated, but you do not need to print it and         9/16/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants            Maintaining a                                                    send it out.
                                                                                 Contract



a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                   Page 33 of 329                                                                                                      Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                                 Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                 Category            Subcategory                     Question                                                 Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Updated
    624
              332      8/24/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering and         How in Project Costing do you know you For reimbursable projects, only the billing information will flow back        9/16/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants            Maintaining a        have received reimbursement for an     to Project Costing. The deposit (revenue) information in AR will not
                                                                                 Contract             expense?                               be tracked in Project Costing. Deposits should be coded with Project
                                                                                                                                             chartfields. The deposit transactions will flow to the General Ledger.
                                                                                                                                             Agencies will need to track the project-related deposits in the
                                                                                                                                             General Ledger. More robust reporting may be built in the Data
                                                                                                                                             Warehouse by the agency.

              324      8/24/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering and         Is the contract the actual grant award?   The finalized grant award in SMART records the general grant terms         9/16/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants            Maintaining a                                                  and conditions of the award (reporting dates, auditing guidelines,
                                                                                 Contract                                                       accounting rules, billing terms, etc). Contract Management keeps
                                                                                                                                                track of how much the Sponsor has awarded you. As you enter
                                                                                                                                                transactions, the costs are collected in Project Costing. Project
                                                                                                                                                Costing will send the transactions to Contracts and Contracts will
                                                                                                                                                create bills and generate the invoice. If you do not want the invoice
                                                                                                                                                sent out, you do not need to print it. It will not automate the actual
                                                                                                                                                draw down of federal funds.



              327      8/24/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering and         What are other terms and conditions of a The timing of the billing (whether the billing is immediate, delayed,       9/16/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants            Maintaining a        contract?                                every quarter, etc) can be set up as milestones within billing. You can
                                                                                 Contract                                                      also receive email notifications prompting you to bill.

              330      8/24/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering and        We receive grants and projects that are    If the non-profit funds are NOT currently included as transactions in      9/16/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants            Maintaining a Grant received by our agency from a non-profit   the State accounting system, then you would not put them into
                                                                                                     entity. Would we use SMART to run our      SMART. However, if your agency receives grants from non-profit
                                                                                                     transactions against?                      agencies and you currently include expenditure and revenue
                                                                                                                                                transactions in the State Accounting system, then you will continue
                                                                                                                                                to do so in SMART. You can utilize the Grants/Projects modules to
                                                                                                                                                track grants from non-profit and non- federal government entities
                                                                                                                                                the same as you would use the modules to track grants received from
                                                                                                                                                the federal government.
              331      8/24/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Entering and        Will the history on existing and ongoing   No. instead the use of MEMO transactions directly into Project             9/16/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants            Maintaining a Grant grants be converted into SMART so a        Costing can be used. They can directly enter their Grant History
                                                                                                     complete grant history will be housed in   information and costs associated with the project and activities as
                                                                                                     one system for reporting?                  MEMO rows in order to have all the history in one place. This is a
                                                                                                                                                post go-live online data-entry task for the agency.

              322      8/24/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Managing a Project   Is there a way to require transactions    Yes, a combination edit rule in General Ledger can be created for this.    9/16/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants                                 that go against a particular fund to      You can require a project to be on a transaction line based on a
                                                                                                      always require a project as well?         particular fund.



a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                  Page 34 of 329                                                                                                     Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                               Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received           Source                 Category           Subcategory                     Question                                                   Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Updated
    624
              323      8/24/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Managing a Project   Why would you need to do a journal         The recommended method is doing corrections in the sub module,             9/16/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants                                 voucher when doing a correction since      but there may be circumstances where multiple corrections have to
                                                                                                      corrections are being done in the sub      be done and those corrections can be done in the GL. The other
                                                                                                      module?                                    reason is for the agencies not using time and labor, but need to
                                                                                                                                                 capture labor costs in Project Costing. You will create a Journal Entry
                                                                                                                                                 in GL for the labor costs and have the delivered Collect Costs
                                                                                                                                                 Processes bring the cost from GL to Project Costing.

              326      8/24/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Project Costing      Can you track projects over multiple       Yes, project can be tracked over weeks, months and over multiple           9/16/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants                                 years?                                     fiscal years.

              328      8/24/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Project Costing      How do you code your deposit that you      For reimbursable projects, only the billing information will flow back     9/16/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants                                 draw down for your grant?                  to Project Costing. The deposit (revenue) information in AR will not
                                                                                                                                                 be tracked in Project Costing. Deposits should be coded with Project
                                                                                                                                                 chartfields. The deposit transactions will flow to the General Ledger.
                                                                                                                                                 Agencies will need to track the project-related deposits in the
                                                                                                                                                 General Ledger. More robust reporting may be built in the Data
                                                                                                                                                 Warehouse by the agency.


              317      8/24/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Project Costing      How will the agencies that are not using   In SMART there are two options to associate labor costs to a project       9/16/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants                                 Time and Labor initially get their Labor   if the agency is not using Time and Labor at go-live. One option is to
                                                                                                      costs allocated to their projects?         enter labor costs directly in Project Costing. The other option is to
                                                                                                                                                 create General Ledger Journal Entries for the labor costs and utilize
                                                                                                                                                 the delivered Collect Costs Process to move the costs from General
                                                                                                                                                 Ledger to Project Costing.

              318      8/24/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Projects Roles and            Will agencies be able to see grants that   No, you are not allowed to see another Business Units data, however        9/16/2009
                                 - Projects and Grants     and Grants            Responsibilities/    other agencies have? Will grants be        there is a Print Proposal delivered functionality in which an agency
                                                                                 Security             accessible to multiple agencies? For       can print (PDF) the information related to a Grant/Proposal and email
                                                                                                      example, KDOT often works with             or send the information to share with another agency.
                                                                                                      Adjutant General and Highway Patrol. Is
                                                                                                      there any way for all 3 agencies to have
                                                                                                      access to one proposal they are working
                                                                                                      on together? Even if it is view-only
                                                                                                      access?
              341      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -           Approving a Voucher Can I retain documentation when I          There is a voucher report that will allow agencies to print                10/1/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                           approve vouchers for my agency?            documentation as needed. The voucher print function has been
                                 Travel & Expense                                                                                                disabled to discourage the printing of each individual voucher - these
                                                                                                                                                 individual hard copies will not be required by A&R.




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                  Page 35 of 329                                                                                                      Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                              Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received         Source                Category          Subcategory                       Question                                                 Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Updated
    624
              343      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher Can you receive partial shipments in       Yes, matching rules are based on amount or quantity. This will be           9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       receiving?                                 discussed in much greater detail during training.
                                 Travel & Expense

              346      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher Does SMART enforce rules about             We are continuing to research and evaluate the available options            9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       separation of duties, for example,         related to this question. We will provide additional information as it
                                 Travel & Expense                                                 preventing the person creating a voucher   becomes available. In early 2010 agencies will participate in role
                                                                                                  from also approving it?                    mapping when completing this activities agencies need to consider in
                                                                                                                                             separation of duties necessary to their business processes.

              342      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher If an encumbrance is created in one fiscal The encumbrance can be used in a future fiscal year to purchase             10/1/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       year and not completely used, will the     items indicated on the purchase order. However, a new purchase
                                 Travel & Expense                                                 encumbrance roll to the next fiscal year? order cannot encumber against a prior fiscal year.

              347      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher Is there a cost for the service center?    Details associated to the service center costs are still being              9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                                                                  determined.
                                 Travel & Expense

              344      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher Is there workflow associated with          No. Agencies will need to develop their own business process to             9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       receiving?                                 review receiving transactions. However, the system does provide an
                                 Travel & Expense                                                                                            option to record receipt inspection if applicable to provide an
                                                                                                                                             additional check in the receiving process.
              345      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher There is concern with receiving that the   SMART cannot validate the physical count entered is correct.                9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       physical count may not be correct.         However, the system does provide an option to record receipt
                                 Travel & Expense                                                                                            inspection if applicable to provide an additional check in the receiving
                                                                                                                                             process. Agencies should consider reviewing their business practices
                                                                                                                                             related to receiving to address this concern internally so that
                                                                                                                                             receiving data is entered into SMART accurately.

              348      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher What if an agency has encumbrances         We are continuing to research and evaluate the available options            9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       from a previous year that need to be       related to this question. We will provide additional information as it
                                 Travel & Expense                                                 recorded in the new fiscal year?           becomes available.

              349      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Approving a Voucher When changes need to be made to a PO, The purchase order will go back through the same approval steps.                 9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                       what approval process does it go      There is a comments field where approvers can enter comments on
                                 Travel & Expense                                                 through?                              why the voucher was denied, changed, etc. and the AP processor can
                                                                                                                                        see these comments. Workflow workshops will be held later this
                                                                                                                                        year. During these workshops an overview of workflow followed by
                                                                                                                                        break out sessions will provide details on the workflow process.

              340      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a PO        When you are talking about the matching The information is keyed into SMART from the invoice. The invoice is          9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher              process and the invoice, how does the   not scanned into SMART.
                                 Travel & Expense                                                  information get in the system?



a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                Page 36 of 329                                                                                                     Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                              Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received         Source                Category         Subcategory                       Question                                                  Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Updated
    624
              338      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a PO        When you now enter a voucher, you have This is a pending policy decision. We are working with outside                9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher              to fax copies of the invoices to A&R now. auditors, Legislative Post Audit and A&R. It is our intent to Go Green
                                 Travel & Expense                                                  What will the process be with SMART?      and reduce the use of printed documents, including vouchers.

              339      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a PO        Where is the receipt associated to -    Receipts are associated to purchase orders in the Purchasing module.         9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable   Voucher              Purchase Order (PO) or Accounts Payable
                                 Travel & Expense                                                  (AP)?

              333      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Entering a Vendor    Does A&R still require a W-9 to add a      Yes, a W-9 is still required for adding new vendors. The policy           9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                        new vendor in SMART?                       regarding where the W-9 is to be filed, either centrally or at the
                                 Travel & Expense                                                                                             agency is a pending policy decision. We will provide additional
                                                                                                                                              information as it becomes available.
              335      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Entering a Vendor    How are current vendors going to be        A&R will perform a vendor purge in April, 2010, to remove vendors         9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                        entered into SMART?                        that are not current. The vendors that exist in STARS after the purge
                                 Travel & Expense                                                                                             will be converted to SMART with a new SMART vendor id.

              334      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Entering a Vendor    How many locations can be added in         SMART has a maximum of 99,999 locations for one vendor.                   9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                        SMART for a single vendor?
                                 Travel & Expense

              336      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Entering a Vendor    How will STARS vendors that have           All current vendors in STARS will be converted to SMART. The              9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                        suffixes be converted to SMART?            suffixes in STARS now indicates a different address. In SMART, they
                                 Travel & Expense                                                                                             will exist with a vendor number, but may have multiple
                                                                                                                                              addresses/locations. The old STARS id will be for inquiry purposes in
                                                                                                                                              SMART.
              337      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Entering a Vendor    How will you search on a vendor in         There is a search screen in SMART with multiple fields to search on.      9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                        SMART?                                     You will be able to search by vendor name (full or partial), vendor
                                 Travel & Expense                                                                                             city, state, vendor id, FEIN/SSN, etc.

              357      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Travel & Expense     Are agencies going to be charged for each The 2011 budget indexes have already been published and are based          9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                        line by DISC?                             on the current STARS rates. The 2012 rates have not yet been
                                 Travel & Expense                                                                                            determined.

              351      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Travel & Expense     Can paper checks be issued for travel?     Yes, a paper check for travel and expense can be generated for an         9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                                                                   employee who receives payroll via direct deposit. The Project Team
                                 Travel & Expense                                                                                             in reviewing the options and will provide additional details when they
                                                                                                                                              are available.
              356      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Travel & Expense     Can the account numbers in SHaRP be        We are continuing to research and evaluate the available options          9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                        the same, except one is by paper check     related to this question. We will provide additional information as it
                                 Travel & Expense                                                  and one is direct deposit?                 becomes available.

              350      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Travel & Expense     Can travel authorizations be entered       Yes. An expense report can be created without a travel                    9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                        after the fact, instead of prior?          authorization. However, if you wish to create an encumbrance you
                                 Travel & Expense                                                                                             need to create a travel authorization. Travel authorizations are
                                                                                                                                              required for out of state travel.
a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                               Page 37 of 329                                                                                                     Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                           Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received         Source                Category         Subcategory                     Question                                                     Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Updated
    624
              362      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Travel & Expense   Can you cancel a travel authorization?      Yes. If you cancel a travel authorization, it will relieve the             9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                      What will happen to the encumbrance?        encumbrance.
                                 Travel & Expense

              360      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Travel & Expense   Does A&R need documentation for Travel No, however our interest in paper reduction as an efficient business            10/7/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                      & Expense payments?                    practice was underscored when Governor Sebelius issued paper
                                 Travel & Expense                                                                                       reduction targets. Some agencies are at different places in
                                                                                                                                        developing strategies for document management. The question will
                                                                                                                                        need to be addressed in a policy/procedure (still to be developed),
                                                                                                                                        but we do support the electronic indexing/archive of supporting
                                                                                                                                        documentation. We’d also like to ask our statewide single auditors if
                                                                                                                                        maintaining documentation in this manner would be acceptable.


              355      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Travel & Expense   Does each employee have to complete       An agency can choose a person(s) to enter travel and expense                 9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                      their own Travel & Expense form or can it reports, if so, they need to establish proxy rights for that person(s) to
                                 Travel & Expense                                                be done centrally by a person?            enter travel and expenses on behalf of another employee.

              352      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Travel & Expense   How are employees notified that travel      An email notification will be sent to the employee.                        9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                      reimbursement has been processed?
                                 Travel & Expense

              354      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Travel & Expense   How often does the budget checking          SMART will run budget checking periodically throughout the day. The        9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                      process occur for Travel & Expense?         schedule has not been finalized, but it may occur between every 1
                                 Travel & Expense                                                                                            and 4 hours. If there is an urgent need, users can run the process on
                                                                                                                                             a specific expense report instead of waiting for the scheduled budget
                                                                                                                                             check process.
              359      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Travel & Expense   How will reimbursement of non-              In Travel and Expense you can add non-employees for                        9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                      employees be done (i.e. Board               reimbursement you will need to include information such as name,
                                 Travel & Expense                                                members)?                                   address, banking information, etc. The expense will need to be
                                                                                                                                             processed in SMART by an authorized agency employee.

              353      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Travel & Expense   If the employee receives their paycheck     No, the information comes from SHaRP, but the employee can                 9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                      direct deposit from SHaRP, do they have     choose to receive their travel reimbursement differently than their
                                 Travel & Expense                                                to receive their travel reimbursement via   paycheck. The Project Team in reviewing the options and will provide
                                                                                                 direct deposit also?                        additional details when they are available.

              361      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Travel & Expense   Is there a report to show what travel was Yes. It is possible that on your travel authorization your estimated a       9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                      authorized and what travel was            hotel cost of $200, but the actual cost was $220. The expense report
                                 Travel & Expense                                                approved? (Estimates vs. Actuals?)        will show the actual cost. The report will show the comparison
                                                                                                                                           between the Estimated and Actual Cost.
              358      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Travel & Expense   Will employees be on the vendor table? For those agencies using Travel & Expense, employees will not be                9/21/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Accounts Payable                                                                listed in SMART as vendors. Employee information (address, banking,
                                 Travel & Expense                                                                                          etc.) will come from SHaRP to SMART Travel and Expense through
                                                                                                                                           delivered integration.
a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                             Page 38 of 329                                                                                                       Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                          Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                Category       Subcategory                     Question                                                    Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Updated
    624
              620      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -     Encumbrances       Purchase orders create encumbrances.         Each time a voucher is created and associated to a PO, the                 10/5/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Purchasing                          When you have a PO and the voucher is        encumbrance is reduced by the amount of the voucher. You can
                                 Travel & Expense                                              less than the PO amount, what happens        mark the PO finalized on a voucher, which indicates no additional
                                                                                               to the rest of the encumbrance?              vouchers will be associated to the PO. When the voucher is budget
                                                                                                                                            checked, the encumbrance is released. If the encumbrance is
                                                                                                                                            released during the period in which it was created, the funds will be
                                                                                                                                            available. If the encumbrance was created in a prior fiscal year, the
                                                                                                                                            funds will not be available.
              616      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -     Purchase Order     If you finalize a Purchase Order in error,   If the Purchase Order is dated in the current fiscal year, create a new    10/1/2009
                                 - Accounts Payable and    Purchasing                          how can you reverse the error?               Purchase Order. If dated in a prior fiscal year, you must contact
                                 Travel & Expense                                                                                           Central.

              306      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -     Agency Impact      Why are agencies submitting the Agency       The primary benefit in completing the Agency Impact Analysis is            9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing       Analysis           Impact Analysis to the Sunflower Project?    agencies' ability to understand and adapt to planned process
                                                                                               What is the Sunflower Project going to do    changes. However, the project benefits from the submitted
                                                                                               with the information?                        worksheets too. We review all submitted worksheets to gain a better
                                                                                                                                            understanding of which process changes are most impactful to
                                                                                                                                            agencies and how agencies are adapting. Results will be shared
                                                                                                                                            throughout the project and can potentially change the way we
                                                                                                                                            approach some tasks.
              309      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -     Approving a        Will SMART track changes when fields are No. Changes to specific fields or values are not tracked on the                9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing       Requisition        changed on the requisition?                requisition. SMART records the user id and date/time the requisition
                                                                                                                                          was last modified.
              299      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -     Creating a         Are approvals based on the agency or       Workflow approvers are based on user. As an example, Items                   9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing       Requisition        department?                                requisitioned for someone in the Department of Nursing may go
                                                                                                                                          through one set of approvals, but items requested for someone in
                                                                                                                                          the Maintenance Shop could go through another set of approvals.
                                                                                                                                          Additional workflow details will be provided in the Workflow
                                                                                                                                          Workshops this winter.
              287      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -     Creating a         Can requisition transactions be deleted or No, transactions cannot be deleted. You can update the status of the         9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing       Requisition        "backed out" of the system?                transaction. Statuses include reject, cancel or deny. It is important
                                                                                                                                          that all requisitions remain in the system for reporting purposes.

              293      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -     Creating a         Do all requisitions have the same          Yes, however SMART functionality includes ad-hoc approval for                9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing       Requisition        approval process - IT request vs. office   requisitions, which allows you to route to additional reviewers as
                                                                                               supplies request?                          needed. Additional workflow details will be provided in Workflow
                                                                                                                                          Workshops this winter.
              292      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -     Creating a         Do requisitions need to be created for all No. However, you may use the BPC to pay for purchase orders, in              9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing       Requisition        purchases if we are using the BPC card to which case a requisition would need to be entered. We will be
                                                                                               pay for it?                                implementing an on-line connection to the catalogs for Corporate
                                                                                                                                          Express/Staples and for these purchases a requisition will need to be
                                                                                                                                          entered.


a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                           Page 39 of 329                                                                                                        Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                            Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                  Category       Subcategory                    Question                                                   Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Updated
    624
              298      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a         Do you have to have 3 approvals selected Workflow workshops will be held this winter. During these                   9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        for all requisitions?                       workshops an overview of workflow followed by break out sessions
                                                                                                                                             will provide details on the workflow process.
              296      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a         If the agency has 3 approvers for the       Workflow workshops will be held this winter. During these                9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        requisition process, does this apply to all workshops an overview of workflow followed by break out sessions
                                                                                                 requisitions? It seems to be a vast         will provide details on the workflow process.
                                                                                                 difference in purchasing a major piece of
                                                                                                 machinery (road grader) vs. a box of
                                                                                                 pencils.
              300      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Creating a         Is the requisitioner the first level of     No, the requisitioner is the person entering the requisition into        9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing                Purchasing       Requisition        approval?                                   SMART.
              288      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Creating a         Once a requisition has been sent for        Yes, but depending on the change, the requisition may be sent back       9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing                Purchasing       Requisition        approval, can changes be made to it by      through workflow. SMART will determine whether the requisition
                                                                                                 the original requisitioner?                 needs to be sent back through workflow and initiate workflow if
                                                                                                                                             needed.
              297      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a         What if an approver in the workflow         No, the approver can assign a proxy while they are out of the office.    9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        process is gone or on vacation? Does the
                                                                                                 requisition have to wait until the person
                                                                                                 returns?
              295      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a         What if an item on a requisitions is        It is the responsibility of the Buyer role, the final approver in the    9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        currently on state contract and the state purchasing process, to check that the items being purchased are in
                                                                                                 contract isn't checked? How will items      accordance with policies and state contracts.
                                                                                                 be checked to ensure they are purchased
                                                                                                 from the vendor on state contract?

              294      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a         When a requisition is created, who is the Workflow workshops will be held this winter. During these                  9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        requisition directed to?                  workshops an overview of workflow followed by break out sessions
                                                                                                                                           will provide details on the workflow process.
              291      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Creating a         When requisitions are sent for approval, The requisitioner may make notations in the Justification field for any     9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing         Requisition        sent back to the requisitioner for        changes made to the requisition. The user id and last modified
                                                                                                 changes, and then sent back through       date/time stamp is also displayed.
                                                                                                 workflow for approval, is there a way to
                                                                                                 show which changes were made and who
                                                                                                 made the changes?

              286      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Maintain Vendors   Will vendors be entered and maintained A vendor can be associated with a bid if they are already in SMART. If        9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing                            in the vendor master before the contract the vendor is not in SMART, they can be added as a bidder in order to
                                                                                                 is awarded?                              associate them with a bid process without adding them to the vendor
                                                                                                                                          table. SMART systematically changes bidders to vendors when they
                                                                                                                                          receive a bid award.




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                             Page 40 of 329                                                                                                     Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                          Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                  Category      Subcategory                   Question                                                    Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Updated
    624
              303      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a     At which point can you change the           The chartfield information can be changed on the requisition before     9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing         Purchase Order   funding information (chartfields) on the    it is sourced to a PO. Once the sourcing process is complete changes
                                                                                               requisition or purchase order if you        will need to occur on the PO. Changes after approval may require
                                                                                               determine it is different?                  the transaction to go back through the workflow approval process.

              316      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a     Can links be put into SMART to link to     No, SMART does not provide this functionality.                           9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing         Purchase Order   specific agency's server (shared drive) to
                                                                                               access scanned documents?

              305      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a     Can scanned documents be attached in        No, SMART is not a document imaging system. Refer to the FAQ in         9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing         Purchase Order   SMART? (invoices, packing slips, etc)       the June 2009 Sunflower Project newsletter for more information.

              314      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a     Can you combine multiple requisitions for   Yes, if all the requisitions are included in the same auto sourcing     9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing         Purchase Order   the same vendor into one purchase           process.
                                                                                               order?
              302      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a     How often will the auto sourcing process The frequency is unknown at this time, but more than twice per day.        9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing         Purchase Order   run?                                     It has to run frequently enough to allow for purchase orders to be
                                                                                                                                        created timely.
              290      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a     How will we know which outstanding       You may either search online for a specific purchase order or use the      9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing         Purchase Order   Purchase Orders exist, but no goods have Purchase Order Expediting Report to show open Purchase Orders
                                                                                               been received?                           with outstanding receipt of goods.

              315      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a     If you have multiple requisitions to the    The auto sourcing process will attempt to consolidate an agency's       9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing         Purchase Order   same vendor and you want to make them       requisitions into one purchase order if to the same vendor. To issue
                                                                                               separate purchase orders, how can you       separate purchase orders, the requisitions can be approved in a
                                                                                               ensure this will happen?                    staggered fashion.

              311      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a     Since the catalog is statewide, is a        No, agencies should utilize the "favorites" option and select those     9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing         Purchase Order   customization allowed to have agency        items that the user will commonly use.
                                                                                               specific items?
              301      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Processing a     What is auto sourcing?                     Auto sourcing is the automated process to source a requisition into a    9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing                Purchasing       Purchase Order                                              Purchase Order.
              304      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop   Functional -     Processing a     Will A&R be changing their policy and no The Sunflower Project is working with A&R and the Auditors to              9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing                Purchasing       Purchase Order   longer require paper copies of invoices to identify the appropriate policies and best practices for retaining
                                                                                               be retained?                               paper documents. Additional information will be provided as it
                                                                                                                                          becomes available.
              310      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Processing a     Will SMART track changes when fields are Yes, changes to a Purchase Order are tracked through a change              9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing         Purchase Order   changed on the Purchase Order?             order.

              313      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Receiving        How will the system handle backorders? SMART tracks the quantity of items ordered and received. Items not           9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing                                                                 received will remain open until received in SMART. Agency can
                                                                                                                                      proceed with payment for any items physically received.

              312      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -       Receiving        Will the system allow partial receipts?     Yes, agencies can receive a portion of a purchase order. SMART          9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing                                                                      tracks the quantity of the remaining items.

a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                           Page 41 of 329                                                                                                    Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                          Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                Category       Subcategory                     Question                                                   Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Updated
    624
              307      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -     Reports            Will sample reports be available for the    No, the SMART Report Book provided with the agency reporting                 9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing                          agencies?                                   needs analysis task will not contain sample reports. A detailed
                                                                                                                                           description of the report will be included. If the report translates to a
                                                                                                                                           current STARS report, that will be indicated. A reporting activity will
                                                                                                                                           occur in late September / October 2009.

              289      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -     Roles and          Can security be set up so changes to a      No, security roles allow the requisitioner to make changes to the            9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing       Responsibilities   requisition cannot be made on the           requisition in case a typographical error is found or a change in the
                                                                                               requisition once it is sent for approval?   requested shipping location is needed.

              308      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -     Roles and          Can the requisitioner role add and update Yes, if the requisition has already been submitted for approval, the           9/16/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing       Responsibilities   information?                              changes may send the requisition through the workflow approval
                                                                                                                                         process again. Changes are not allowed once the requisition has
                                                                                                                                         been sourced to a purchase order.
              617      8/19/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional -     Vendors            If you set up a purchase order for a      If using the same vendor but the name has changed or needs to be               10/1/2009
                                 - Purchasing              Purchasing                          vendor for a direct bill and when you are corrected in the vendor file, you would submit a request to have the
                                                                                               ready to pay the vendor, the vendor's     change processed. The statewide vendor file is maintained centrally
                                                                                               name is different. What do you do?        and agencies will not have the ability to make that type of change.

                                                                                                                                           It is important to pay the vendor that the service was actually
                                                                                                                                           purchased from. If the payee is a different vendor than the one listed
                                                                                                                                           on the PO, you would cancel the PO and create a new one for the
                                                                                                                                           correct vendor. If you need to pay the voucher to a third party, you
                                                                                                                                           will remit the voucher to the third party vendor on the voucher. This
                                                                                                                                           would occur on a case by case basis. If you have the situation that
                                                                                                                                           the vouchers need to always be issued to a different vendor, this
                                                                                                                                           would need to be changed in the vendor table by central staff. This
                                                                                                                                           would mainly occur in bankruptcy situations, etc.

              192      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface       Technical Design   Are Stages and Cycles the same thing?      In theory, yes. The term stages will be used for Interface Test and the        9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                                                                  term cycles will be used for System Test.
              195      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface       Technical Design   Are you going to actively create errors in Yes.                                                                           9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                       Stage 4? Are you giving agencies test
                                                                                               conditions to generate errors?

              198      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface       Technical Design   Are you going to provide a document         The interface team will work with agencies to identify errors in their        9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                       with all the error messages?                inbound interfaces. The interface layouts provide the format and
                                                                                                                                           details needed to have successful files and avoid errors. There is no
                                                                                                                                           document containing all the possible errors for all the interfaces.




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                           Page 42 of 329                                                                                                         Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                         Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                Category      Subcategory                        Question                                                        Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Updated
    624
              201      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface       Technical Design   For journal interfaces, if one line errors        This depends on the type and severity of the error. If one line of a           9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                       on a multiple line file, it all errors. Is this   multiple line transaction errors out, then the transaction will fail and
                                                                                               the same principle on all other files?            the additional lines will not be processed. If a file with multiple
                                                                                                                                                 transactions has one transaction fail, the rest of the transactions will
                                                                                                                                                 continue to be processed by the interface.

              181      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface       Technical Design   How are we going to work the current file There are tools and options available to accommodate the dynamic                       9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                       naming standard into our JCLs (Job         file name. We are working with DISC to find what will work for
                                                                                               Control Language) because it’s not static? agencies using the mainframe.

              202      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface       Technical Design   Is the new file name too long for the             No, the mainframe is limited to 45 characters. The longest file name           9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                       mainframe?                                        is 38 characters. This leaves room if you change the file name from
                                                                                                                                                 the agency side.
              200      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface       Technical Design   Is the voucher print process going to be          This process will be discussed at an upcoming CAN meeting when the             9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                       discussed as part of the Interface                approach has been finalized.
                                                                                               Monthly meeting?
              184      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface       Technical Design   Is there a timeline for INF45?                    INF45 has been published as of 8/20/09.                                        9/3/2009
                                 Meeting
              194      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface       Technical Design   On Inbound Payment Interface, will we             Transactions against prior year encumbrances will be tested by the             9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                       test against prior year encumbrances? If          project during system test. This is not part of the interface test effort.
                                                                                               not, when will that be done?

              183      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface       Technical Design   Regarding the file naming standard     The mainframe requires an alpha prefix after each period in the file                      9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                       (DA.GBSMRT.GL15.DYYMMDD.THHMMSS name. Therefore, the D is a static value which means 'Date' and T
                                                                                               .out): What does the ‘D’ before YYMMDD means 'Time'.
                                                                                               and the ‘T’ before HHMMSS stand for?

              197      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface       Technical Design   Stage 6 – Are Uploads for Data                    No, the Data Conversion testing will be separate from the interface            9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                       Conversion included in that?                      testing. It will start September 18.
              182      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface       Technical Design   What does it mean that interface layouts          A template will be created for the spreadsheet upload interfaces               9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                       will not be produced from INF 24, 43, 50?         (INF24, INF43, and INF50). The template will be used to upload
                                                                                                                                                 transactions into SMART. The spreadsheet upload interfaces do not
                                                                                                                                                 require an interface data mapping document to be completed as they
                                                                                                                                                 should not require any agency development.

              193      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface       Technical Design   What if we aren’t using INF02, how do we Contact the interface team to create the related outbound INF03 file.                   9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                       get an outbound file for testing?

              190      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface       Technical Design   What is the data retention on the                 30 days, agencies are not required to do any data cleansing from the           9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                       mainframe?                                        mainframe.
              199      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface       Technical Design   When does System Testing start?                   11/1/2009.                                                                     9/3/2009
                                 Meeting
              186      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface       Technical Design   When will the project contacts for each The contacts will be communicated prior to the beginning of each                         9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                       interface be communicated to agencies? stage.


a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                             Page 43 of 329                                                                                                              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                             Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                 Category          Subcategory                     Question                                                      Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Updated
    624
              196      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface           Technical Design   Who puts in the budgets for Budget             The interface team will set up some budgets, but these will not be         9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                           Checking?                                      the official IBARS budgets.
              191      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface           Technical Design   Will Agencies have the ability to change       Yes, agencies will have the ability to change file names. Potentially      9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                           file names for purposes of data retention      changing the extension from .out to .proc.
                                                                                                   on the mainframe?
              185      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface           Technical Design   Will conversion of all these vendors be        No, converted vendors will not be available in Interface Testing.          9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                           available for testing?                         Instead, we will manually configure several of the most commonly
                                                                                                                                                  used vendors for testing.
              188      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface           Technical Design   Will the DISC mainframe be used as the         Yes.                                                                       9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                           conduit between SMART and agencies
                                                                                                   after Go-Live?
              187      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface   Interface           Technical Design   Will the vendor file be made available         The INF01 - Outbound Vendor file will be made available 9/1/09 as          9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                           anytime soon?                                  part of Interface Test. The file will contain sample vendors.

              189      8/18/2009 August Monthly Interface Interface             Technical Design   Will there be any encryption to files          No.                                                                        9/3/2009
                                 Meeting                                                           similar to SHaRP now?
              233      8/17/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Asset ID's         Currently, we assign asset id's by program     Assets IDs in SMART will be sequentially numbered. Asset ID and Tag       9/16/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                              areas. We have different programs              Number are separate fields in SMART. Agencies with Tag Numbers
                                                                                                   starting with different digits. How will       can convert those to the Tag Number field in SMART. Tag Numbers
                                                                                                   that work in SMART?                            can defined by the user when entered in SMART.

              237      8/17/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Asset ID's         What is the relationship between the           When a new asset is created in SMART, the next sequential asset ID is     9/16/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                              asset ID in SMART and my agency's              assigned. This asset ID is a unique identifier for the asset in SMART.
                                                                                                   property ID/asset stickers?
                                                                                                                                                  Some agencies use property ID/asset stickers to affix a tag number to
                                                                                                                                                  the asset for physical tracking purposes. Tag numbers are an
                                                                                                                                                  optional additional ID. They can be assigned by the agency. Tag
                                                                                                                                                  numbers can be associated to the asset in SMART but are separate
                                                                                                                                                  from the asset ID.
              232      8/17/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Depreciating an    If we put a new roof on the building and       Professional judgment should be used by the agency to determine if        9/16/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           Asset              it is $30,000 to $40,000, who determines       an improvement is a normal maintenance repair or an improvement.
                                                                                                   if a large repair is value added to an asset   Normal maintenance repairs are not GAAP reportable, regardless of
                                                                                                   or an additional asset and how will it be      the cost.
                                                                                                   processed?
                                                                                                                                                  Building improvements will be handled as follows in SMART:
                                                                                                                                                  Buildings will be associated to land records using the Asset Property
                                                                                                                                                  functionality. Building Improvements will be added as separate
                                                                                                                                                  assets. After being added to the system, a Parent/Child relationship
                                                                                                                                                  will need to be created to associate the Improvement to a Building.
                                                                                                                                                  The Asset Type for Building Improvements will be Facility.




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                               Page 44 of 329                                                                                                         Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                              Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                 Category          Subcategory                     Question                                                      Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Updated
    624
              236      8/17/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Reports             Is there a report/process to identify PO     Yes, prior to loading the Pending Transactions into the Asset                  10/1/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               information that will be generated into      Management module, the Agency Asset Processor will have an
                                                                                                    Asset Management, (i.e. a way to validate    opportunity to review both the Financial and Physical information
                                                                                                    that the AM BU and Asset Profile are         associated with the asset. If it is deemed that the Asset Profile is
                                                                                                    correct at the PO level.)                    incorrect at this point, this individual will have the ability to change
                                                                                                                                                 the Asset Profile before running the Transaction Load. Since this user
                                                                                                                                                 will only have access to assets associated with their business unit,
                                                                                                                                                 there would not be a need to correct the AM Business Unit.
                                                                                                                                                 Conversely, if the incorrect profile is not discovered and is used to
                                                                                                                                                 create an asset in the Asset Management module, a process will be
                                                                                                                                                 put in place to correct the profile and the associated depreciation
                                                                                                                                                 attributes.
              229      8/17/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Retiring an Asset   How are we going to communicate with         The Sunflower Project is currently working with State Surplus to               9/16/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               State Surplus, how will they communicate     evaluate asset management processes, including processes related to
                                                                                                    back, and how will that be authorized        this question. We will provide additional information as it becomes
                                                                                                    within the system? There should be a         available.
                                                                                                    check on the State side to confirm receipt
                                                                                                    of assets.

              239      8/17/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Retiring an Asset   Is DA-110 still required by State Surplus?   Based on information currently posted on the Kansas Surplus                    9/16/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               Some agencies indicated State Surplus        Property website, State Surplus Property does not require any type of
                                                                                                    still requires this for vehicles they are    "Disposition of Property Form." Agencies may use any type of
                                                                                                    retiring/selling through surplus (or maybe   Disposition of Property Form that meets their needs. If required by
                                                                                                    this is their internal policy).              the agency, State Surplus will sign a form as receiving surplus
                                                                                                                                                 property if surplus property is actually picked up.

                                                                                                                                                 The best practice will be for agencies to develop internal policies and
                                                                                                                                                 forms which requires that a signature be secured from State Surplus
                                                                                                                                                 for property turned over to State Surplus for disposal.


              238      8/17/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Retiring an Asset   Is there a retirement code for retiring to   There is no specific code for retiring an asset to an entity outside of        9/16/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               an entity outside of the state? Agency       the state. Depending on the method of disposition disposal code
                                                                                                    has a situation where the asset is moved     options include Retirement by Sale if there is a monetary exchange
                                                                                                    to local Board but the agency stills need    and Donated to External Group if the asset is donated. To track the
                                                                                                    to track for some Federal reporting.         entity to which an asset was retired/donated agencies can enter the
                                                                                                                                                 name of the receiving entity in the Comments field of the asset.

              231      8/17/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Retiring an Asset   Is there a timeframe for reinstatement?      There is not an identified timeframe for reinstatement of disposed             10/1/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                                                                            assets. Since there are depreciation and accounting entry
                                                                                                                                                 ramifications with reinstating as asset, it is a best practice to reinstate
                                                                                                                                                 the asset in the same period in which is was disposed.



a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                Page 45 of 329                                                                                                            Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                              Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                 Category          Subcategory                     Question                                                     Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Updated
    624
              235      8/17/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Retiring an Asset   What will be the business process for         The current approach is that asset turned over to State Surplus for     9/16/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               handling a transfer of assets to surplus to   disposal will be recorded in SMART as a retirement - not a transfer.
                                                                                                    accommodate proceeds generated                The Sunflower Project is currently working with Accounts & Reports
                                                                                                    through surplus? In addition, what will       and State Surplus to evaluate the asset management retirement
                                                                                                    be the process for surplus to                 processes. We will provide additional information as it becomes
                                                                                                    acknowledge receipt of that asset?            available.

              230      8/17/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Retiring an Asset   When do I transfer the asset - when I         The current approach is that asset turned over to State Surplus for     10/1/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management                               receive the proceeds or when I transfer it    disposal will be recorded in SMART as a retirement, not a transfer.
                                                                                                    to State Surplus?
              234      8/17/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Roles and           Does the user with the Asset Processor        Yes, the Asset Processor security role has access to update both        9/16/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           Responsibilities/   role have the ability to update the           financial and physical information for the asset. The project is
                                                                                Security            financial information as well as the          creating a new security role to allow a user to update only physical
                                                                                                    physical information for the asset? If so,    attributes not financial information related to the asset. Physical
                                                                                                    is there a profile that can just update       attributes would include warranty, maintenance and repair
                                                                                                    physical attributes of the asset only?        information.

              240      8/17/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Transferring an     How do I know the chartfield information Similar to today's business process, agencies must communicate with          10/1/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           Asset               of the agency I am transferring my asset one another before the transfer of an asset occurs. Inter-agency
                                                                                                    to?                                      communication prior to transferring assets will remain a key business
                                                                                                                                             process. Because of Business Unit security, the SMART system
                                                                                                                                             process for managing the transfer of property between agencies in
                                                                                                                                             currently being evaluated. We will provide additional information as
                                                                                                                                             it becomes available.

              227      8/17/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Transferring an     If agencies cannot see each others' data, Similar to today's business process, agencies must communicate with         9/16/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           Asset               how will the receiving agency know that one another before the transfer of an asset occurs. Inter-agency
                                                                                                    an asset has been transferred?            communication prior to transferring assets will remain a key business
                                                                                                                                              process. Because of Business Unit security, the SMART system
                                                                                                                                              process for managing the transfer of property between agencies in
                                                                                                                                              currently being evaluated. We will provide additional information as
                                                                                                                                              it becomes available.

              228      8/17/2009 Business Process Workshop Functional - Asset   Transferring an     Is there workflow within to record the        In Asset Management there is no workflow approvals or notification.     9/16/2009
                                 - Asset Management        Management           Asset               approvals or movement of assets?              When an asset is transferred the user ID of the person transferring
                                                                                                                                                  the asset is recorded in SMART.
              215      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network       Data Conversion     Asset Management    Data conversion - our assets are in an        We encourage you to request Office Hours to discuss this with the        9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4                                                         excel spreadsheet and our functional          subject matter experts. Please send an email to
                                                                                                    resource needs help in identifying next       SunflowerFMS@da.ks.gov with “Data Conversion Office Hours” in the
                                                                                                    steps.                                        Subject line to request office hours.
              216      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network       Functional -        Travel & Expense    Does the system provide state defined         Yes.                                                                     9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4                 Accounts Payable                        rates and calculations for Travel and
                                                                                                    Expenses?



a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                Page 46 of 329                                                                                                      Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received         Source             Category         Subcategory                     Question                                                    Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Updated
    624
              206      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional -       Travel & Expense   How will SMART pay direct bill vendors     Payments for vendors such as hotels that have been set up for direct       9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4             Accounts Payable                      (an example is hotel fees billed to agency billing will be handled in the AP module.
                                                                                              instead of paid at time of travel)?

              208      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional -       Travel & Expense   If the agency has direct billing with a   Yes, direct bill can be identified as such for hotels and registration      9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4             Accounts Payable                      hotel and the vendor bills the agency     fees.
                                                                                              after the event, can this expense be
                                                                                              identified as such on the expense report?

              209      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional -       Travel & Expense   If the Cash Advance option of the Travel    As long as the traveler enters the cash advance request and it is         9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4             Accounts Payable                      Module is used, will the traveler have to   approved in a timely manner, the batch process for either cutting the
                                                                                              wait for a check to arrive? We do a         check or direct deposit runs nightly. The Agency may need to issue
                                                                                              significant number of advances on short     payment through imprest funds as they do today if the travel is
                                                                                              notice, is this processed timely?           immediate.

              225      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional -       Travel & Expense   In SMART, will you be able to create a      Yes, the system will accommodate this option. The information            10/7/2009
                                 Meeting #4             Accounts Payable                      paper check for employees even if they      comes from SHaRP, but the employee can choose to receive their
                                                                                              receive direct deposit for payroll?         travel reimbursement differently than their paycheck. The Project
                                                                                                                                          Team in reviewing the options and will provide additional details
                                                                                                                                          when they are available.

              223      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional -       Travel & Expense   The travel and expense module is tied      An agency employee will add shell information for the person (name,        9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4             Accounts Payable                      into the SHaRP system so you don’t have address, banking information, etc) to Travel & Expense and process
                                                                                              to populate the field because it’s already the payment for them.
                                                                                              linked. However, we have travel
                                                                                              vouchers we pay for non-state employees
                                                                                              who won’t be in SHaRP. Will there be
                                                                                              any problem getting them entered into
                                                                                              the travel module? An example of this is
                                                                                              a chairman we are paying to attend a
                                                                                              meeting for us or a speaker at our annual
                                                                                              conference or board members who are
                                                                                              reimbursed for mileage, but are not
                                                                                              employees.
              224      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional -       Travel & Expense   Today, there is a difference between the    Yes, the system will accommodate this option. The information             9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4             Accounts Payable                      information used for direct deposit for     comes from SHaRP, but the employee can choose to receive their
                                                                                              payroll and travel. Will this be the same   travel reimbursement differently than their paycheck. The Project
                                                                                              for SMART?                                  Team in reviewing the options and will provide additional details
                                                                                                                                          when they are available.




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                          Page 47 of 329                                                                                                     Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                          Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received         Source              Category          Subcategory                     Question                                                 Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Updated
    624
              204      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional -         Travel & Expense   Will agencies be able to attach supporting No, however our interest in paper reduction as an efficient business      9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4             Accounts Payable                        travel documentation to expense reports practice was underscored when Governor Sebelius issued paper
                                                                                                (an example is hotel bills)?               reduction targets. Some agencies are at different places in
                                                                                                                                           developing strategies for document management. The question will
                                                                                                                                           need to be addressed in a policy/procedure (still to be developed),
                                                                                                                                           but we do support the electronic indexing/archive of supporting
                                                                                                                                           documentation. We’d also like to ask our statewide single auditors if
                                                                                                                                           maintaining documentation in this manner would be acceptable.


              205      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional -         Travel & Expense   Will direct billings show up in SMART?  Payments for vendors such as hotels that have been set up for direct         9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4             Accounts Payable                        Will cash advances given to an employee billing will be handled in the AP module. Yes, a cash advance will be
                                                                                                show up on an expense report?           on the expense report.

              207      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional -         Travel & Expense   Will SMART accommodate $0 travel (an      Yes, this should not be a problem. We understand there are                 9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4             Accounts Payable                        example is the traveler's expenses are    situations in which the travel authorization needs to be documented,
                                                                                                complimentary)?                           but there is no cost associated to the travel.
              226      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional -         Travel & Expense   Will SMART have the flexibility of paying Yes, we have defined mileage reimbursement in one of two ways; per        9/14/2009
                                 Meeting #4             Accounts Payable                        from two options for mileage? We pay      mile times rate, or flat rate (Enterprise rate is the cap). The
                                                                                                the lesser of the two options (enterprise employee will pick a separate expense type to use these options. All
                                                                                                rental versus personal vehicle).          agencies may choose to use this expense type depending on their
                                                                                                                                          reimbursement policies.
              217      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional -         Travel & Expense   Will the system allow agencies to reduce Yes, once the expense report is processed the actual expense is             9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4             Accounts Payable                        any payments in the event that hotels are entered.
                                                                                                less than originally thought, etc.?

              203      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional -         Travel & Expense   Will travel reimbursement checks be part No, travel reimbursement checks will be separate from payroll               9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4             Accounts Payable                        of payroll checks?                       checks.
              221      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional -         Travel & Expense   Will travelers be able to turn in other  Yes, the Expense Type on expense report will provide this                   9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4             Accounts Payable                        miscellaneous costs (fuel)?              functionality.
              222      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional - Asset                      Is it possible to use the position numberBased on initial business requirements the approach is that the             9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4             Management                              instead of the employee id in Asset      custodian name will be populated when an employee ID is selected.
                                                                                                Management since the property stays      Position number and position titles are not available fields in Asset
                                                                                                with the position but the person can     Management. Selecting an employee ID and allowing that selection
                                                                                                leave?                                   to populate as the Custodian ensures that only valid values are
                                                                                                                                         entered.
              211      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional - General Concurrent         Will FY 2010 processing be done in STARS FY10 transactions will be in STARS. Only FY2011 will be in SMART.           9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4                                  Processing         or SMART?                                We will continue to provide more details on this subject at each CAN
                                                                                                                                         meeting.
              220      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional -         Encumbrances       How will the Sunflower Project know the For encumbrances converted from STARS, the Program and                       9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4             Purchasing                              Department ID, Project ID, etc. for      Department will be set to a general conversion value. We will
                                                                                                encumbrances that will be converted      crosswalk the STARS Fund, Budget Unit and Account values to the
                                                                                                from STARS to SMART and how will it be equivalent SMART values.
                                                                                                coordinated properly?


a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                            Page 48 of 329                                                                                                    Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                             Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                Category          Subcategory                        Question                                                     Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Updated
    624
              218      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network      Functional -         Encumbrances         If we have DA-118 encumbrances that            The encumbrances converted from STARS will be recorded against            9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4                Purchasing                                are active at end of FY 2010, but do not       the appropriate budget period.
                                                                                                     have a vendor, will they retain the
                                                                                                     original budget year?
              219      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network      Functional -         Encumbrances         When we close or make payment on the           If the encumbrance was converted to a GL encumbrance, agencies            9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4                Purchasing                                converted FY 2010 encumbrances, how            will reduce the GL encumbrances using journal entries as the vendors
                                                                                                     will the encumbrance be released?              are identified, create a Purchase Order (PO) encumbrance and then
                                                                                                                                                    process the voucher. This process will require manual intervention by
                                                                                                                                                    both the agency and the Division of Accounts and Reports.

              213      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network      Functional -         Purchase Order       If we know the vendor and can provide          If you know the vendor, you may enter that encumbrance in STARS as        9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4                Purchasing                                that, will we be able to have the DA-118       a DA-107 instead of a DA-118. This will then convert into a SMART
                                                                                                     set up as a Purchase Order?                    PO.

              212      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network      Functional -         Purchase Order       What is the process of entering new            This business process is now being developed and will be shared           9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4                Purchasing                                contracts (DA-146) for FY11? Are they          when available.
                                                                                                     sent to Purchasing on a DA-146 and
                                                                                                     entered directly into SMART?
              210      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network      General Enterprise   General Enterprise   Could you move the meeting dates so not        Unfortunately, there are few cost effective locations in Topeka that      9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4                Readiness            Readiness            all the meetings are in the same week? I       can accommodate the meetings, the attendees, parking, etc.
                                                                                                     have a commitment on Wednesdays &              Additional options available include attending office hours and
                                                                                                     cannot attend any of the data conversion       reviewing the presentations and Q&A on the website.
                                                                                                     meetings as they are on Wednesdays.

              214      8/12/2009 Change Agent Network      Interface            Purchasing and       The Purchasing and Travel and Expense There is no travel and expense or Purchasing interface planned. All                9/8/2009
                                 Meeting #4                                     Travel & Expense     modules are required. Does 'required'     agencies are expected to use the Travel and Expense and Purchasing
                                                                                                     mean we at least interface the data or do modules except for the Regents.
                                                                                                     we have to retire our system and use
                                                                                                     SMART completely? We are an interface
                                                                                                     only agency, is this still OK?

              173      7/22/2009 July Monthly Conversion   Cutover              Asset Management     If the conversion cut-off date for assets is   Agencies should make an effort to complete their purchasing earlier       8/6/2009
                                 Meeting                                                             in June, what do I do about the FY10           this year. However, assets purchased after conversion but still in
                                                                                                     assets that are paid for after that in June    transaction year FY10 can be manually entered. Assets funded by
                                                                                                     (or perhaps the assets paid for in early       FY10 resources but not paid until transaction year FY11 will be
                                                                                                     July) that should be tracked as FY10 asset     entered as assets when payment is processed.
                                                                                                     acquisitions?”

              174      7/22/2009 July Monthly Conversion   Cutover              Encumbrances        Have decisions been made regarding              No, final decisions have not been made yet. The project is currently      8/6/2009
                                 Meeting                                                            concurrent processing for                       working on a cutover plan. More information will be provided in the
                                                                                                    encumbrances?                                   upcoming Change Agent Meetings.
              172      7/22/2009 July Monthly Conversion   Data Conversion      Accounts Receivable Will outstanding interfunds be a part of        No, all outstanding interfunds transactions will be closed and not       10/7/2009
                                 Meeting                                                            the conversion for Accounts Receivable?         converted into SMART. If agencies cannot close them, they will have
                                                                                                                                                    to be manually re-entered into SMART.


a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                 Page 49 of 329                                                                                                        Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source               Category        Subcategory                     Question                                                      Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Updated
    624
              165      7/22/2009 July Monthly Conversion   Data Conversion   Asset Management   After SMART goes live, what do we do if      If you find additional assets that should be recorded in SMART, you            8/6/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        we find additional assets that we had not    can enter them online after go-live.
                                                                                                previously recorded that we need to
                                                                                                track in the system?
              176      7/22/2009 July Monthly Conversion   Data Conversion   Asset Management   Can I send source code in the Acquisition    Yes.                                                                           8/6/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        Description field?
              168      7/22/2009 July Monthly Conversion   Data Conversion   Asset Management   Do all assets need to be converted or just   Agencies may convert those assets with a value <$5K into SMART.                8/6/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        the assets that cost over $5K?               Agencies are encouraged to convert those with a value >$5K into
                                                                                                                                             SMART ensuring all assets are centrally located in a single system.

              175      7/22/2009 July Monthly Conversion   Data Conversion   Asset Management   If we convert our purchase order             No, the example given is the recommended format in which to send               8/6/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        numbers or voucher numbers in the            purchase order number and voucher number. However, the
                                                                                                Acquisition Description field, do they       information sent in this field is not going to be processed
                                                                                                have to look exactly like the example        programmatically. It will reside in the Acquisition Description field
                                                                                                given?                                       after the conversion. If your purchase order numbers look different
                                                                                                                                             than the example given, that is okay. Any details related to the
                                                                                                                                             acquisition of the asset can be sent in this field, as long as it is 30
                                                                                                                                             characters or less (which is the field's length, as outlined in the Assets
                                                                                                                                             conversion file layout/data entry template).
              178      7/22/2009 July Monthly Conversion   Data Conversion   Asset Management   Is the Condition Code field code optional Yes.                                                                              8/6/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        for the Assets conversion?
              177      7/22/2009 July Monthly Conversion   Data Conversion   Asset Management   Is the pipe-delimited flat file format only Yes, the Assets conversion is the only one using a pipe-delimited flat          8/6/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        for the Assets conversion?                   file format. The flat file formats for the other conversions are fixed
                                                                                                                                             length, no delimiting.
              170      7/22/2009 July Monthly Conversion   Data Conversion   Asset Management   Our agency tracks assets in an Excel         Yes, you can do this. However, it's critical for your spreadsheet to           8/6/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        spreadsheet today. Instead of loading        match the format of the template exactly. It should include all the
                                                                                                our asset information into the Excel data columns listed in the template in the right order.
                                                                                                entry template for the assets conversion,
                                                                                                can we reformat our Excel spreadsheet
                                                                                                so that it looks exactly like the Excel data
                                                                                                entry template?

              163      7/22/2009 July Monthly Conversion   Data Conversion   Asset Management   The only conversion method options for       No, online entry is not an option offered for this conversion. The            10/8/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        the assets conversion are Excel and flat     only options available for asset conversion is Excel or flat file upload.
                                                                                                file upload. Is online entry an option?




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                            Page 50 of 329                                                                                                           Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                              Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source               Category            Subcategory                    Question                                                     Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Updated
    624
              179      7/22/2009 July Monthly Conversion   Data Conversion      Asset Management   We are having a hard time figuring out       Yes, the descriptions of the Condition Code field values are listed          8/6/2009
                                 Meeting                                                           when to use the different Condition          below. These descriptions have been added to the Assets conversion
                                                                                                   Codes (AM_AST_UD_CHAR1). Will any            file layout and data entry template that are posted on the secure
                                                                                                   descriptions be provided?                    SMART website.

                                                                                                                                                - NEW: New - The property is in excellent condition and is brand new.
                                                                                                                                                - GOOD: Good - The property is in excellent condition, but not
                                                                                                                                                considered new.
                                                                                                                                                - FAIR: Fair - The property is in decent or average condition.
                                                                                                                                                - POOR: Poor - The property is in inadequate condition and needs
                                                                                                                                                minor repair(s).
                                                                                                                                                - BRKN: Broken - The property is not in working condition and needs
                                                                                                                                                major repair(s).
                                                                                                                                                - OBSL: Obsolete - The property is considered to be obsolete
                                                                                                                                                (outdated) for agency use.
                                                                                                                                                - IMPR: Impaired - The property has suffered a significant and
                                                                                                                                                unexpected decline in service utility as a consequence of physical
                                                                                                                                                damage, technological obsolescence, or changes in law.

              171      7/22/2009 July Monthly Conversion   Data Conversion      Asset Management   We are trying to load our data into the   This has been corrected. The updated data entry template has been               8/6/2009
                                 Meeting                                                           data entry template spreadsheet for the posted to the secure SMART website.
                                                                                                   assets conversion and are getting errors
                                                                                                   when we try to put more than 1000 rows
                                                                                                   in there. It says the rows are protected.
                                                                                                   Why is this?

              164      7/22/2009 July Monthly Conversion   Data Conversion      Asset Management   Will agencies be able to convert their       No, all assets need to be converted prior to go-live for reconciliation      8/6/2009
                                 Meeting                                                           assets after the system goes live?           purposes.

              180      7/22/2009 July Monthly Conversion   Data Conversion      General            Will conversion meetings be at the same      Not necessarily. We would like them to be, but the times may vary            8/6/2009
                                 Meeting                                                           time every month?                            based on meeting room availability.
              166      7/22/2009 July Monthly Conversion   Data Conversion      Project Costing    Why can't we do an Excel upload for          Due to the level of complexity involved with the data, Excel upload is       8/6/2009
                                 Meeting                                                           projects?                                    not a conversion option for projects.
              169      7/22/2009 July Monthly Conversion   Functional - Asset   Security           When SMART is up and running, we'll          If a user has access to view an agency’s data, they will be able to view    9/21/2009
                                 Meeting                   Management           Administration     have some resources that only need to        all assets regardless of cost.
                                                                                                   view assets that cost >$5K (fiscal staff).
                                                                                                   How will security be maintained with
                                                                                                   regards to this?




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                               Page 51 of 329                                                                                                         Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                          Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source               Category        Subcategory                     Question                                                   Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Updated
    624
              167      7/22/2009 July Monthly Conversion   Interface                            The INF24 template is not yet posted.      INF24 is the Budget Upload and is not a file layout that will be used      10/7/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        When will it be available?                 for any of the conversions. INF24 is a spreadsheet template, so
                                                                                                                                           there will not be an interface layout for it.
                                                                                                                                           However, the spreadsheet template is scheduled to be provided to
                                                                                                                                           the agencies by Stage 5. During interface testing, agencies will only
                                                                                                                                           use the spreadsheet uploads to stage data for use in the outbound
                                                                                                                                           files.




              159      7/14/2009 July Monthly Interface    Interface         Technical Design   Do you email notify agencies when           Yes, the updates are grouped together and emailed out biweekly -          7/29/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        layouts are updated?                        this is an approximate time frame.
              161      7/14/2009 July Monthly Interface    Interface         Technical Design   Is there a hard date where updates will     Because the project is still working on functional and technical          7/29/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        no longer be made?                          designs a hard date has not been set; however, modifications from
                                                                                                                                            this point forward should be minor, and must be approved by SMART
                                                                                                                                            project management.
              162      7/14/2009 July Monthly Interface    Interface         Technical Design   The fact that there is no set date is       We are working as quickly as possible to finalize the interface           7/29/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        impacting the work our agency is doing. designs. Although corrections to the layouts may occur as we go
                                                                                                We have hired outside contractors to        through systems and interface testing, we will make every effort to
                                                                                                facilitate these interface layouts. It is a ensure that the interface layout corrections are essential for the
                                                                                                difficult position to be in to have         success of the interface. At this time nearly all changes to interface
                                                                                                contractors complete a task only to have layouts are being made at the request of agencies. We appreciate
                                                                                                to potentially go back and redo it with     your patience and understanding for your fellow agencies.
                                                                                                the updated layouts.
              160      7/14/2009 July Monthly Interface    Interface         Technical Design   When updates are made, do agencies      Some of the changes to interface designs have been made to meet               7/29/2009
                                 Meeting                                                        have to download the newest layouts and requirements of agencies, but most of the updates are minimal and
                                                                                                transfer data from the older versions?  don’t necessarily require that you download the updated layout.
                                                                                                                                        However, if updates affect record layouts, they should be
                                                                                                                                        downloaded. Instructions are included when updates are made.

              130      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)     Data Conversion   Asset Management   Are ‘Acquisition Description’ and          The Description field is used to explain what the asset is. The            7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                            ‘Description’ the same?                    Acquisition Description field can be used to record explanatory
                                                                                                                                           information about how the asset was acquired. You can convert the
                                                                                                                                           asset’s purchase order or voucher number into the Acquisition
                                                                                                                                           Description field.
              131      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)     Data Conversion   Asset Management   Do we have to use this exact Excel         Yes. If you plan to provide us with an Excel spreadsheet, it must be in    10/1/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                            spreadsheet template?                      this exact format. The fields must remain in this order and columns
                                                                                                                                           CANNOT be added or removed, even if you are not using them. If
                                                                                                                                           you use a different template, your file will error out when we
                                                                                                                                           attempt to load it into SMART during conversion testing.




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                            Page 52 of 329                                                                                                      Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                      Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received        Source               Category        Subcategory                      Question                                                         Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Updated
    624
              132      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management   For the Project ID number, if it                 The accumulated depreciation is associated with all the chartfields        7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                          depreciates, is that tied back to the            tied to that asset’s cost, including Project ID. The Asset Management
                                                                                              original Project ID?                             Team is currently working with General Ledger Team to determine
                                                                                                                                               impacts if a specific project is closed before the asset is retired.

              133      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management   How is Tag Number not a required or key “Key field” just means that the field will be a unique identifier for a             7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                          field?                                  data row in SMART the database. Instead of Tag Number, PeopleSoft
                                                                                                                                      will use Asset ID as a Key field. When an asset is loaded into Asset
                                                                                                                                      Management during the conversion, an Asset ID will be assigned to it.
                                                                                                                                      This is a system-assigned number that cannot be edited by end users.
                                                                                                                                      The system will not require Tag Number; however, you should enter
                                                                                                                                      the barcode/property number for your assets in this field for the
                                                                                                                                      conversion.
              134      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management   If there are other fields we find critical for   Yes, report those as soon as possible. Communicate these to us             7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                          the conversion but do not see in the file        immediately by sending an email to SunflowerFMS@da.ks.gov.
                                                                                              layout, should we send them to you and           Include ‘Conversion’ in the Subject line.
                                                                                              request them?
              135      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management   If there is a predetermined list of              There will be a process in place so we can have you update that            7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                          Locations but we realize there is an             information and add the new location to the “official list” before we
                                                                                              additional location that needs to be             run the next mock conversion test cycle.
                                                                                              added, what is the process for that?
              136      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management   If we don’t have 'In Service Dates' for our      It would be better to put the date the asset was put in service, but if    7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                          assets, can we use the date our agency           you don’t have that information, the purchase date is acceptable.
                                                                                              purchased the asset?
              137      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management   If we make improvements on an existing           There are several ways that this could be handled. If the funding          10/1/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                          asset, how do we track that? Let’s say           source was the same for both the original asset and the
                                                                                              we purchased an asset in 2007 and then,          improvement, you could track this as one asset with one cost
                                                                                              two years later, we made improvements.           amount. If the funding source was different for the original asset and
                                                                                                                                               the improvement, you could track this as one asset with two cost
                                                                                                                                               lines (See Question #155). In both these scenarios, there would be an
                                                                                                                                               increase to the cost of the original asset and it would be depreciated
                                                                                                                                               under the original depreciation schedule. Alternatively, you could
                                                                                                                                               track the original asset and the improvement separately as two
                                                                                                                                               assets. In this scenario, depreciation would be tracked separately for
                                                                                                                                               each asset.
              138      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management   Is there a field that will show the name of      Yes, this is displayed in the Custodian field.                             7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                          the employee associated with the
                                                                                              EMPLID?
              139      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management   Is there any capability within Asset             There is a Mass Change Template defined for changing location and          10/1/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                          Management to do mass changes for                custodian. However, any Mass Change should be done on an
                                                                                              custodians?                                      exception basis and not part of normal day-to-day processing; access
                                                                                                                                               has been restricted to Central only.


a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                           Page 53 of 329                                                                                                           Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                      Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received        Source               Category        Subcategory                        Question                                                 Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Updated
    624
              140      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management   Is there the capability to change the       Yes, the Location of an asset can be updated throughout its lifetime.       7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                          location of an item throughout its          A history of locations for each asset will be maintained in SMART.
                                                                                              lifetime? An asset may move from place
                                                                                              to place across the state.
              141      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management   Is there the possibility to use the SHaRP   No, we cannot load Position Number into the Employee ID field.              10/8/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                          Position Number instead of Employee ID?     Position number and position titles are not available fields in Asset
                                                                                              Assets and equipment will typically stay    Management.
                                                                                              with a position, not a specific employee.

              142      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management   Is there unlimited sequencing for the       Yes. The sequencing will allow for however many assets your agency          7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                          numbering in the Interface ID fields?       has, but the rule is that it has to be sequentially ordered. This number
                                                                                                                                          sequence is for conversion program processing purposes only.

              143      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management   Is VIN required?                            No, not every asset will be a vehicle.                                      7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop
              144      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management   Our agency has no reason to track         If you aren’t tracking depreciation internally within your agency now,        7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                          depreciation internally. Our procedure    central will continue to capture that data.
                                                                                              has always been to pass data to A&R. Will
                                                                                              more guidance be given if we have to do
                                                                                              this ourselves?

              145      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management   Some of us have not been exposed to the   If you have a data element that you think must be converted and do            7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                          AM fields, were not in attendance for     not see an equivalent field listed on the file layout that was
                                                                                              CRPs, etc. It would be helpful to know    presented, let us know your concerns as soon as possible by sending
                                                                                              what fields are available in the module.  an email to SunflowerFMS@da.ks.gov. Include ‘Conversion’ in the
                                                                                                                                        Subject line.
              146      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management   The physical number that is attached to a The physical number that is attached to an asset should be loaded             7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                          piece of equipment doesn’t need to be     into the Tag Number field during the conversion. For assets to which
                                                                                              reported anywhere, correct?               you do not attach bar code labels but do have some type of unique
                                                                                                                                        number that identifies the asset (e.g., for buildings), you should load
                                                                                                                                        that property number in the Tag Number field. You can use the Tag
                                                                                                                                        Number to retrieve the asset in SMART system after conversion so
                                                                                                                                        you should load a meaningful number in this field. Additionally, this
                                                                                                                                        property number should be loaded into the Conversion ID field during
                                                                                                                                        the conversion for historical purposes.
              147      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management   We use the same Tag Number for more         The current configuration approach for Asset Management specifies           7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                          than one asset in our agency. Does it       that Tag Number must be unique within a Business Unit. The Asset
                                                                                              really need to be unique within the         Management Team will consider this feedback and determine
                                                                                              Business Unit?                              whether we need to change this approach. If there will be changes to
                                                                                                                                          this, we should be able to communicate them to you by the
                                                                                                                                          beginning of July.
              148      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management   What does ‘location’ refer to? It isn’t the The Location field refers to the physical location of the building in       7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                          same as the chartfield location, right?     which the asset resides.


a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                          Page 54 of 329                                                                                                        Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received        Source               Category        Subcategory                      Question                                                   Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Updated
    624
              149      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management    What is ‘EMPLID’ for?                       EMPLID is the Employee ID of the person in SHaRP that is the asset’s       7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                                                                       custodian.
              150      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management    When can we expect to have the final        You should start planning your conversion and conduct your data            7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                           version of the layouts so we can start      mapping at this time, as this version of the layout is our current
                                                                                               planning our conversion?                    approved version. We hope that any changes will be minimal;
                                                                                                                                           however, we can’t guarantee that the layout won’t change after this
                                                                                                                                           date, especially with the number of questions that require follow-up
                                                                                                                                           after today’s workshop. We will communicate any file layout
                                                                                                                                           changes to you via standard emails that will be sent out from the
                                                                                                                                           SMART Conversion/Interface Team every two weeks.
              158      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management    When do assets have to be converted?        They must be converted prior to the SMART go-live.                         7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop
              151      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management    When updating an asset’s location, do       Yes, you “add a new row.” A history of locations for each asset will       10/8/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                           you add a new row in PeopleSoft? Will       be maintained in SMART.
                                                                                               the history of locations be maintained
                                                                                               throughout the asset’s lifecycle?

              152      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management    Will the Fund, Department ID, Program    No, prior to this workshop, these fields were marked as "Required” in         10/8/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                           Code, and Budget Unit chartfields be     the file layout. As a follow-up to the workshop, the Asset
                                                                                               required for assets during the           Management Team has determined that these fields will no longer be
                                                                                               conversion?                              required for conversion.
              153      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Asset Management    Will you consider leaving extra space forYes, a new field has been added to the end of the file layout. The            10/8/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                           agency use – 30 or so characters for eachnew field, named "Long Description" is 254 bytes long and is for any
                                                                                               agency to use at their discretion?       additional information the agency wants to include in the conversion
                                                                                                                                        file about the asset.
              154      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Chart of Accounts   Do chartfields have to be populated with Yes, only valid values will be accepted. If invalid values are used for       10/8/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                           valid values?                            an asset in the conversion file, the asset will not process. These types
                                                                                                                                        of errors will be identified during the mock conversion testing that
                                                                                                                                        will be conducted prior to the real conversion.

              155      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Communication &     What do you mean by “transaction lines      This refers to the Interface Number and Interface Line Number that         7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                       Terminology         must be incremented properly”?              will be used by the SMART conversion program for processing
                                                                                                                                           purposes. Each asset sent in the conversion file should have a
                                                                                                                                           sequential Interface Number (i.e.—1, 2, 3). The first cost/funding line
                                                                                                                                           for each asset will have “1” in the Interface Line Number field. If
                                                                                                                                           there are subsequent cost/funding lines, they should be incremented
                                                                                                                                           sequentially (i.e.— 2, 3, 4).

              156      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Communication &     When it says that the field length is       It means that you can have eleven whole numbers before the                 7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                       Terminology         ’11.4’, what exactly does that mean?        decimal and four whole numbers after the decimal.




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                           Page 55 of 329                                                                                                       Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                         Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received         Source              Category         Subcategory                        Question                                                     Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Updated
    624
              157      6/18/2009 Asset Management (AM)   Data Conversion   Communication &       Will the layouts from this meeting be       These documents are posted located on the secure SMART website.                  7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                       Terminology           emailed out?                                If you need access, email Ed.Payne@da.ks.gov.



              120      6/18/2009 Project Costing (PC)    Data Conversion   Conversion Methods What conversion methods are available          There are three modules that are related – Project Costing, Contracts            7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                          for the different types of Projects and        (which sets up billing for those with sponsors and grant money), and
                                                                                              Grants data?                                   the Grants module (pre-award and post-award functionality).
                                                                                                                                             Conversions for Contracts and Grants will be performed online by
                                                                                                                                             agencies. The conversion for Project Costing can be done online or
                                                                                                                                             via a file upload. You may decide since you’re already doing online
                                                                                                                                             conversions for Contracts and Grants, that it is easier to do them all
                                                                                                                                             online.
              121      6/18/2009 Project Costing (PC)    Data Conversion   Conversion Methods Will a lot of this be done through Excel?      It will be a flat file, not an Excel file. We will provide a specific format.    7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                          Will conditional formatting be a part of       Each agency will populate the file in the format supplied. Edits will be
                                                                                              the files so that specific valid values will   performed on the data in the file, and invalid values will error. It is
                                                                                              be allowed – will it be built to be that       the agency’s responsibility to cleanse the data. Required data
                                                                                              detailed?                                      cleansing tasks will be identified during the mock conversion test
                                                                                                                                             cycles.

              122      6/18/2009 Project Costing (PC)    Data Conversion   Mapping               Is data mapping necessary to prepare for Yes, it is. The file includes columns that can be used for data                     7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                             conversion?                                mapping, which is the process of mapping your fields to SMART
                                                                                                                                            fields. You should begin mapping your data elements to the SMART
                                                                                                                                            system data elements at this time if you are planning to convert via
                                                                                                                                            the file upload option.
              123      6/18/2009 Project Costing (PC)    Data Conversion   Projects and Grants   After everything has been uploaded, will Yes, you can go into the online system and make any necessary                       7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                             changes be allowed? Can you go into the updates – you can change the status, end date, etc.
                                                                                                 system online and make those
                                                                                                 corrections if possible?
              124      6/18/2009 Project Costing (PC)    Data Conversion   Projects and Grants   Can you clarify the descriptions for Start Transactions, such as purchase orders and vouchers, which are                     7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                             Date/End Date in the file layout?          entered into SMART referencing the Project ID, must be within the
                                                                                                                                            project’s Start Date/End Date. We will update the description in the
                                                                                                                                            file layout so that it is clearer.
              125      6/18/2009 Project Costing (PC)    Data Conversion   Projects and Grants   Does the project have to have an end       Yes. However, these can be updated online in SMART after the                      7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                             date?                                      conversion if the end date changes.
              126      6/18/2009 Project Costing (PC)    Data Conversion   Projects and Grants   How many activities must a project have? Each project must have at least one activity. You can have more than                7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                                                                        one activity for a project.
              127      6/18/2009 Project Costing (PC)    Data Conversion   Projects and Grants   What does ‘STATUS’ apply to?               The status is applied to both projects and activities. When you                   7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                                                                        inactivate a project, all of the activities within that specific project
                                                                                                                                            will also inactivate. A project will remain active until you change the
                                                                                                                                            status to an inactive status. You can however, inactivate individual
                                                                                                                                            project activities and the project will still be active. Activities in an
                                                                                                                                            active project that were not specifically inactivated will still be active.



a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                             Page 56 of 329                                                                                                             Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                           Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received          Source                Category         Subcategory                      Question                                                   Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Updated
    624
              128      6/18/2009 Project Costing (PC)       Data Conversion   Projects and Grants What is the difference between             ‘BU’ (or Business Unit) is the agency code followed by two zeros.          7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                              ‘DEPT_ID’, ‘BU’, and ‘SubType’?            ‘DEPT_ID’ (Department ID) is a code for a department within an
                                                                                                                                             agency. This code is prefaced with the agency ID. Subtype is a field on
                                                                                                                                             the CONTROL record—agencies can send the name the
                                                                                                                                             agency/source system producing the conversion file in this field.

              129      6/18/2009 Project Costing (PC)       Data Conversion   Testing             If bad data is sent during conversion, how The conversion process will be practiced several times during the          7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                              will it be corrected?                      mock conversion testing period. After the first testing cycle, you can
                                                                                                                                             see what mistakes were made and what needs to be fixed.

              106      6/16/2009 Accounts Receivable (AR)   Data Conversion   Customers           Are state agencies going to be established Yes, State agencies will be pre-established as customers in SMART by       7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                              as customers? If so, will agencies be pre- the Sunflower Project.
                                                                                                  established in the system as so?

              107      6/16/2009 Accounts Receivable (AR)   Data Conversion   Customers           For customer information, what is the       'NAME1' can be used to track the primary description of the               7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                              relationship between the ‘NAME1’ and       customer. ‘NAME2’ can be used to track a sub-description within the
                                                                                                  ‘NAME2’ fields?                            entity or an additional description for the customer.

              108      6/16/2009 Accounts Receivable (AR)   Data Conversion   Customers           If you have multiple contacts within one   For the system to recognize where one customer ends and the next           7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                              customer and multiple phone numbers        begins, use the row id field in a sequential order. ‘001’ indicates a
                                                                                                  for one contact, how would you associate   new customer, ‘002’ will allow for one or more addresses to be
                                                                                                  the phone records?                         entered.
              109      6/16/2009 Accounts Receivable (AR)   Data Conversion   Customers           In the customer’s address record           This field should be used to track the country code (e.g., USA) for the    7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                              (XX_INTFC_CUST_ADDR), is                   customer’s address, whether the customer is inside or outside of the
                                                                                                  ‘COUNTRY_CODE’ only applicable to          United States. The “Processing Rules” in the file layout will be
                                                                                                  international codes?                       updated to reflect that. A valid list of country codes will be provided
                                                                                                                                             when the SMART configuration values are made available to
                                                                                                                                             agencies.
              110      6/16/2009 Accounts Receivable (AR)   Data Conversion   Customers           Is the ‘POSTAL’ field only applicable to   No, it can be entered for addresses outside of the USA, too.               7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                              addresses within the USA?

              111      6/16/2009 Accounts Receivable (AR)   Data Conversion   Customers           Most of the customer communications        Yes, there is an email field for contacts.                                 7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                              conducted by our agency are through
                                                                                                  email. Will there be a field for email
                                                                                                  addresses?
              112      6/16/2009 Accounts Receivable (AR)   Data Conversion   Customers           Our agency wasn't invited to the AR CRPs   We can provide you with some screenshots of the pages used to              7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                              and we haven't had any AR-related          enter customer/contact information.
                                                                                                  exposure in SMART so we aren't familiar
                                                                                                  with how the customer entry pages looks    Note: Screenshots of these pages are located in the documentation
                                                                                                  in SMART. Is there anything we can do to   tab.
                                                                                                  catch up?




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                              Page 57 of 329                                                                                                      Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                          Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received           Source               Category        Subcategory                   Question                                                   Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Updated
    624
              113      6/16/2009 Accounts Receivable (AR)   Data Conversion   Customers        What does ‘COLLECTOR’ mean?                This field is used to denote that a customer has been put into               7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                                                                      collections. It is for reporting purposes only and will not trigger any
                                                                                                                                          other actions in the system. The valid values for this field are SETOFF
                                                                                                                                          and 3RDPARTY. These will be added to the file layout posted on the
                                                                                                                                          SMART website.
              114      6/16/2009 Accounts Receivable (AR)   Data Conversion   Customers        What does the ‘CONTACT_FLAG’ field         It is an information field where you can note whether this contact is        7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                           indicate?                                  internal (to the State) or external (outside of the State). This is for
                                                                                                                                          reporting purposes and will not trigger anything in the system to
                                                                                                                                          happen as a result of the value entered in this field. If left blank, the
                                                                                                                                          system defaults ‘E’ (external).

              115      6/16/2009 Accounts Receivable (AR)   Data Conversion   Customers        What will be the customer types that can There will be specific values that can be sent into the                        7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                           be inputted into SMART?                  ‘CUSTOMER_TYPE’ field. They are: F (FEDGOV), S (STATE), L
                                                                                                                                        (LOCGOV), and O (OTHER). These will be added to the file layout
                                                                                                                                        posted on the SMART website. Also, as decisions are made regarding
                                                                                                                                        valid values for other fields, the file layouts will be updated with this
                                                                                                                                        information.
              116      6/16/2009 Accounts Receivable (AR)   Data Conversion   Customers        When will the valid values for specific  The SMART Financials Team is currently defining the configuration              7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                           finance modules be available?            values. The SMART Conversion Team will work with the Financials
                                                                                                                                        Team to post these values as they are defined and approved.

              117      6/16/2009 Accounts Receivable (AR)   Data Conversion   Customers        Will there only be one phone number per You can establish multiple address lines for a customer, and each               7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                           customer unless contacts are set up?        address line can have its own phone number. However, you can only
                                                                                                                                           input one phone number per address. The other alternative will be to
                                                                                                                                           establish multiple contacts for a customer and add phone numbers
                                                                                                                                           there. You can add multiple phone numbers for a contact (e.g.—
                                                                                                                                           Business, Cell).
              118      6/16/2009 Accounts Receivable (AR)   Data Conversion   Pending Items    How will the funding/chartfield             This will be determined by the Entry Type and Entry Reason provided         7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                           information be converted for an open        by the agency in the conversion file.
                                                                                               receivable?
              119      6/16/2009 Accounts Receivable (AR)   Data Conversion   Pending Items    If our agency is planning to use the online Yes. Agencies should determine how they will convert                        7/21/2009
                                 Conversion Workshop                                           conversion method, do we need to notify customers/pending items into SMART. This decision should have
                                                                                               anyone?                                     been communicated to the Sunflower Project via a survey that was
                                                                                                                                           sent out on 06/02/09 regarding agency conversion plans. Agency
                                                                                                                                           Primary Contacts were responsible for completing the survey by
                                                                                                                                           06/15/09, which satisfies Agency Task ID 215. Please send an email to
                                                                                                                                           sunflowerfms@da.ks.gov and include "Conversion" in the subject
                                                                                                                                           line, if you still need to complete this task.
               85        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface    Interface         Auto Numbering   Can agencies use current numbers and       Yes, agencies have the option to provide their own Voucher ID values          7/8/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      forgo changes to their numbering           on the interface if desired (e.g. A00000001, B00000001 – use 8 alpha
                                                                                               schemes?                                   numeric characters and no spaces). Also, if the Voucher ID field is left
                                                                                                                                          blank, SMART will assign an automatic number. Similarly, if “NEXT” is
                                                                                                                                          placed in the field, an auto number will also be generated.


a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                           Page 58 of 329                                                                                                        Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received           Source              Category       Subcategory                     Question                                                    Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Updated
    624
               86        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface       Auto Numbering      What are SMART’s auto numbers? What Agencies can choose to provide a value of ‘NEXT’ in the Voucher ID                   7/8/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      sequence do agencies need to use?   field in order to autonumber the Voucher ID value. SMART automatic
                                                                                                                                   numbering starts at “1” and increases sequentially. Or an agency can
                                                                                                                                   select a beginning number from which automatic numbering
                                                                                                                                   increases sequentially. See Agency Task #AT_CAP197.

               87        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface       Data Transmission   Are deposits put into the system as soon Non-Interfund receipts will only be posted daily following the State            7/8/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      as they are run?                         Treasurer Office final approval and daily release as is the current
                                                                                                                                        process. The timing for posting of Interfund receipts has not yet
                                                                                                                                        been determined.
               88        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface       Data Transmission   Are there any https uploads in SMART?    No, unless it is a spreadsheet upload.                                          7/8/2009
                                  Meeting
               89        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface       Data Transmission   Do all agencies know how to test            There should be at least one person per agency who has access to the         7/8/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      connectivity to the mainframe?              mainframe. This individual should be familiar with the file location
                                                                                                                                           and must have mainframe access. Connectivity instructions will be
                                                                                                                                           sent to interfacing agencies before monthly Interface Meeting on July
                                                                                                                                           14th. During the monthly Interface Meeting on July 14th the
                                                                                                                                           Sunflower Project will walkthrough the connectivity testing
                                                                                                                                           instructions.
               90        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface       Data Transmission   Is it planned that outbound interfaces will The schedule hasn't been set up, but certain interfaces will be             9/10/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      happen at the same time as inbound          required to run before others (i.e. INF02 voucher load before INF03
                                                                                               interfaces?                                 outbound payment).
               91        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface       Data Transmission   Will the INF44 interface run during the     It is anticipated that INF44 will be ran more than once each day,           10/1/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      day as well as nightly?                     however, the exact number of times during the day has not yet been
                                                                                                                                           determined.
               92        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface       Deposit             Can the payment ID entered on the           No, payment IDs are not sequentially assigned. In choosing the ID,           7/8/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      deposit be recorded as “NEXT”?              some options include the check number or another identifier. The
                                                                                                                                           Payment ID should be a unique identifier for this customer for this
                                                                                                                                           one deposit.
               93        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface       Deposit             What data should be placed in the fields If the field on the file is optional it is up to the discretion of the         10/1/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      on the file if we receive a cash deposit? agency on whether they choose to populate data in the fields.
                                                                                                                                           Required fields must contain valid data to successfully interface. It is
                                                                                                                                           okay to put the customer’s name, date received, etc. for a cash
                                                                                                                                           deposit if the data is valuable to the agency.

               94        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface       Interfaces          How will the project know which             Agencies have identified their interfaces (INFXX) in their Agency            7/8/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      interfaces an agency is using?              Confirmation Documents and in the project plans submitted to the
                                                                                                                                           Project. If you are unsure that the project has your correct
                                                                                                                                           information please contact your liaison.
               95        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface       Interfaces          Why does the project need to know           The project needs this information for milestone status tracking, test       7/8/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      which interfaces an agency is using?        planning, test scheduling, and test execution.




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                           Page 59 of 329                                                                                                        Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received           Source              Category       Subcategory                      Question                                                       Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Updated
    624
               96        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface        Interfund          If the transaction is billed as an interfund   Generally, State agency customers should be paid via the Interfund           7/8/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      is there a way that it won’t be paid as an     process. However, there are certain quasi-agencies such as the
                                                                                               interfund? Can you choose if you want to       Kansas Housing Resources Corporation (agency 175) that should be
                                                                                               use an interfund? Can you choose not to        paid as a regular vendor resulting in issuance of a warrant or EFT.
                                                                                               pay with the option?                           Interfund transactions may be initiated on-line, using a flat file
                                                                                                                                              interface or a spreadsheet upload. Origin code and Deposit Type will
                                                                                                                                              identify a transaction as an Interfund.

               97        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface        Interfund          Interfund uploads for deposits and             There is an option for the nightly batch, but an Excel template, INF43       7/8/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      payments are both run through the              can be uploaded to SMART during the day by the end user.
                                                                                               nightly cycle, correct?
               98        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface        Interfund          Is a separate load required for interfund      No, both interfund and non-interfund receivables can be sent on the          7/8/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      receivables and non-interfund                  same interface load.
                                                                                               receivables?
              101        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface        Interfund          Is spreadsheet INF43 uploaded for us to        This is not the template that you will receive. It is just the format of     7/8/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      access?                                        various fields you will see in the template for INF43.

               99        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface        Interfund          Is the “CUST_ID” what ties out to the          Yes, agencies will be defined as customers in the SMART system. The          7/8/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      receiving and payment sides of the             system provides setup to associate the customer to the vendor if
                                                                                               interfund transaction?                         they are the same entity.
              100        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface        Interfund          Is the customer file going to be able to       The customer “type” will be saved as “state customer" which will             7/8/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      distinguish between customers which can        identify the transaction as an interfund when that customer is used.
                                                                                               perform interfund transactions?

              102        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface        Interfund          Is the vendor file download going to be        The vendor file download does not contain any indicator that a               7/8/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      able to distinguish between vendors at to      vendor is a state agency or interfund vendor. On the customer side,
                                                                                               which ones can perform interfund               the customer “type” will be saved as “state customer” which will
                                                                                               transactions?                                  identify the transaction as an interfund when that customer is used.

              103        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface        Interfund          Will SMART understand if the vendor is Yes, the origin of the interfund payment will identify the transaction               7/8/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      paid through interfund and not warrant? as an interfund and no warrant will be issued. The system will
                                                                                                                                       contain a field which will identify the type of transaction.

              104        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface        Mapping            Is there a specific procedure for     No, you can attach the documents to an email to                                       7/8/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      submitting the data mapping documents sunflowerfms@da.ks.gov. Please enter Interface Data Mapping in
                                                                                               to the SMART project team?            the subject line on the email.

              105        6/9/2009 June Monthly Interface   Interface        Mapping            What has to be unique, the Business Unit The key in the file is a combination of Business Unit and Voucher ID.              7/8/2009
                                  Meeting                                                      or the Voucher ID?                       Agencies only need to worry about keeping Voucher ID’s unique
                                                                                                                                        within their Business Unit.
               73      5/20/2009 Change Agent Network      Data Warehouse   Ad Hoc Reporting   When we create queries in the data       Yes, they can be saved and you can run them again.                                 7/8/2009
                                 Meeting #3                and Reporting                       warehouse, can we save them so we can
                                                                                               run them again?
               74      5/20/2009 Change Agent Network      Data Warehouse   Data Warehouse     Will data downloaded be available in the Yes.                                                                               7/8/2009
                                 Meeting #3                and Reporting                       Data Warehouse?

a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                            Page 60 of 329                                                                                                          Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                           Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received         Source             Category            Subcategory                      Question                                                    Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Updated
    624
               75      5/20/2009 Change Agent Network   Data Warehouse       Reports              When will the standard SMART reports        We have a preliminary list of 50 reports, but this list is evolving. We     7/8/2009
                                 Meeting #3             and Reporting                             be announced?                               will have approximately 200 or more reports by the time we go live.
                                                                                                                                              Some are delivered, some will be created. Layouts are available for
                                                                                                                                              the delivered reports, not for the new ones yet. We will post the
                                                                                                                                              preliminary list on the website.

               76      5/20/2009 Change Agent Network   Data Warehouse       Reports              Will there be a place agencies can obtain   All existing SHaRP downloads will continue to be available after the        7/8/2009
                                 Meeting #3             and Reporting                             and download the final bi-weekly            implementation of SMART. In addition, we believe that the data
                                                                                                  KPAYGL5C* files? How will we download       contained on these downloads will also be available in the new Data
                                                                                                  the KPAY286a files?                         Warehouse which is being implemented as part of the Sunflower
                                                                                                                                              Project. Because these downloads contain data from multiple source
                                                                                                                                              tables in SHaRP it may be easier to continue to obtain this
                                                                                                                                              information from the downloads. However, after we have finished
                                                                                                                                              our analysis of the Data Warehouse we will provide agencies with
                                                                                                                                              information on the availability of this data in the warehouse. In
                                                                                                                                              addition, SHaRP staff in the Department of Administration will also
                                                                                                                                              provide recipients of these downloads with revised file layouts that
                                                                                                                                              include changes being made to the Chart of Accounts as part of the
                                                                                                                                              implementation of SMART.

               77      5/20/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional -        Interfund             How will SMART prevent agencies from        One option being considered is that agencies such as KHRC that do           7/8/2009
                                 Meeting #3             Accounts Receivable                       initiating interfund receivables from       not keep funds in the State Treasury will not be setup as vendors.
                                                                                                  agencies who do not keep funds in the       This question is closely tied to details of the interfund process which
                                                                                                  State Treasury?                             are still under consideration.
               78      5/20/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional - General Chart of Accounts    Does the first three characters of the      No, it does not. This is defined by agency.                                 7/8/2009
                                 Meeting #3                                                       Agency Use Chart Field have to be agency
                                                                                                  number?
               79      5/20/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional - General Chart of Accounts    You said that Index Code will be            Index code is not needed in SMART to identify an expense or receipt.        7/8/2009
                                 Meeting #3                                                       eliminated. Since that is used to track     Refer to the Chart of Accounts mapping your agency completed in
                                                                                                  expenditures and receipts, how is this      the Spring of 2009.
                                                                                                  handled in SMART?
               80      5/20/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional - General Reports              For standard month end reports, will they   Yes, since transactions processed reflect modified accrual basis, the       7/8/2009
                                 Meeting #3                                                       now reflect the accrual basis vs. cash      reporting on those transactions will reflect modified accrual basis,
                                                                                                  basis?                                      but not full accrual basis. STARS was cash basis. In order to report
                                                                                                                                              from SMART on a cash basis there would need to be calculated
                                                                                                                                              amounts removing the payables and receivables. And, if an agency
                                                                                                                                              has no payables and receivables at the end of a month, cash basis will
                                                                                                                                              be the same as modified accrual basis.

               81      5/20/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional - Projects Chart of Accounts   Can the Project ID be a required field      Yes, SMART can be configured such that Project ID is a required field       7/8/2009
                                 Meeting #3             and Grants                                within an agency?                           within an agency. If Project ID is required within an agency this
                                                                                                                                              means Project ID must be entered for every transaction of the
                                                                                                                                              agency.


a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                              Page 61 of 329                                                                                                       Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                                 Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Date Last
   use:       ID       Date Received         Source             Category            Subcategory                       Question                                                    Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Updated
    624
               82         5/20/2009 Change Agent Network   Functional - Projects Chart of Accounts    We have a fund with multiple CFDA            Yes, in order to achieve the one fund/one CFDA approach there              7/8/2009
                                    Meeting #3             and Grants                                 numbers. We planned to track them by         would need to be additional funds established.
                                                                                                      Project ID. Do you mean that this fund
                                                                                                      will need to be broken down in multiple
                                                                                                      funds?
               83         5/20/2009 Change Agent Network   General Enterprise   Communication &       Who will the agency tasks/activities be      Tasks and activities are sent to your agency’s Change Agents. The          7/8/2009
                                    Meeting #3             Readiness            Terminology           sent to within the agency? When we           contact list is posted on the Sunflower Project website – contact your
                                                                                                      supply requested information, should we      Agency Readiness Liaison with any updates. Our current approach to
                                                                                                      expect a response from the SMART             acknowledging receipt of information is to follow up only with
                                                                                                      team?                                        agencies who are delinquent in completing a task, when we have
                                                                                                                                                   questions about the response, or when your response includes a
                                                                                                                                                   specific question requiring follow-up. You may contact your Agency
                                                                                                                                                   Readiness Liaison with any questions about the information your
                                                                                                                                                   agency has submitted.
               84         5/20/2009 Change Agent Network   Interface            Online Inquiry        The inquiry screens that you have in the     Yes, as long as the information is sent to SMART, the data will be         7/8/2009
                                    Meeting #3                                                        demo, (voucher, purchase order, etc.) will   there for retrieval and inquiry.
                                                                                                      these same inquiries be available
                                                                                                      whether we data enter the information
                                                                                                      to SMART or interface the data to
                                                                                                      SMART?
                   7      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop     Functional -         Vendors               Will all agencies share the same vendor      Yes.                                                                       7/8/2009
                                                           Accounts Payable                           file?
                   8      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop     Functional - General Configuration         Will each agency have a separate             Each agency will have its own GL and AP business units.                    7/8/2009
                                                                                                      business unit?
                   9      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop     Interface            Agency Tasks          Who will perform the documentation           The Interface and Finance Teams will collaborate to write the              7/8/2009
                                                                                                      during the design phase?                     documentation for interface layouts and transmission protocols.
                                                                                                                                                   Agencies will document how their interfaces work and system
                                                                                                                                                   changes associated with SMART.
               10         5/19/2009 Interface Workshop     Interface            Auto Numbering        Can you use auto numbering for FEIN?         FEIN is your Federal Employer Identification number, so you cannot         7/8/2009
                                                                                                                                                   use auto numbering for it. If we are talking about Vendor ID, we will
                                                                                                                                                   discuss those later. For vouchers, if you have your own numbering
                                                                                                                                                   scheme you can use that instead of auto-numbering.

               11         5/19/2009 Interface Workshop     Interface            Auto Numbering        How long does the voucher number need In general, it needs to be unique as long as it sits in the database. The         7/8/2009
                                                                                                      to remain unique and when can we       voucher table keys are Business Unit and Voucher ID only. That
                                                                                                      restart renumbering vouchers using the means that all vouchers need to have a unique number.
                                                                                                      same voucher id?




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                  Page 62 of 329                                                                                                       Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                   Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received         Source           Category      Subcategory                      Question                                                     Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Updated
    624
               12      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Auto Numbering      What will happen if a voucher has the   Online transactions will be and interfaced transactions can be auto               7/8/2009
                                                                                          same number as another because of auto- numbered or smart coded so there is the possibility of using the same
                                                                                          numbering?                              number. If an user enters a duplicate within the same agency then it
                                                                                                                                  will cause an error and the voucher will kick out and must be
                                                                                                                                  resolved. If a duplicate is provided in the interface file, only vouchers
                                                                                                                                  with duplicate ID’s will result in an error, and the other vouchers will
                                                                                                                                  be loaded into SMART. The voucher ID field is not a numeric field it is
                                                                                                                                  alphanumeric.
               13      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Auto Numbering      Will each agency be able to assign its own   The decision has been made to follow best practices and use auto-            7/8/2009
                                                                                          voucher numbers? The outbound layout         numbering. However, if an agency prefers to use smart-coding for
                                                                                          shows the two fields above plus a            their Voucher_ID, and pass that data as part of the interface, that is
                                                                                          VOUCHER_ID. Who assigned the                 acceptable.
                                                                                          VOUCHER_ID?
               14      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Auto Numbering      Will most people go with auto vs. smart      We really do not know – we do not want to force people to go one             7/8/2009
                                                                                          numbering?                                   way or other
               15      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Batch Schedule      What is UC4 software and how will it be      UC4 is a batch process scheduling software that allows the interface         7/8/2009
                                                                                          used?                                        processing, including dependencies, to be automated. UC4 will
                                                                                                                                       mainly be used after go-live to schedule all batch processing,
                                                                                                                                       including interfaces.
               16      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Batch Schedule      Will each agency know or be told their       Yes, once the schedule is known, each agency will be notified of the         7/8/2009
                                                                                          interface schedule?                          schedules that affect them.
               17      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Batch Schedule      Will there be real-time interfacing?         No, all interfaces will be run in batch at night.                            7/8/2009
               18      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Chart of Accounts   At implementation what is the last           A new set of object codes (accounts) are currently in development;           7/8/2009
                                                                                          character for accounts going to be used      some will be eliminated and some will be added. Use the first digit
                                                                                          for at go-live?                              and length to begin coding. The last digit will be available to provide
                                                                                                                                       a greater level of detail in certain codes, other professional services
                                                                                                                                       for example will be 527900 and new more detailed services can be
                                                                                                                                       added as 527901, 527902. These values will be determined by
                                                                                                                                       project staff with input from agencies and will be controlled centrally.


               20      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Chart of Accounts   How will fund values be different on         The idea would be to use same fund number for agencies who would             7/8/2009
                                                                                          those funds that track across agencies?      use same fund. We will use different budget units to differentiate
                                                                                                                                       appropriation control. An example, Medicaid federal fund where
                                                                                                                                       four agencies currently share this federal funding; each agency uses a
                                                                                                                                       different four digit fund number in STARS but will use a common four
                                                                                                                                       digit fund number in SMART.

               19      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Chart of Accounts   Is Budget Reference going to tie to the      No, many index codes in STARS correspond to one budget unit. Index           7/8/2009
                                                                                          existing index code?                         code points to budget unit in STARS. If 1:1, then they would be the
                                                                                                                                       same value, otherwise they would not.




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                      Page 63 of 329                                                                                                         Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                 Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received         Source           Category      Subcategory                    Question                                                   Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Updated
    624
               21      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Communication &   Does SMART require a header record?        There can be some confusion regarding “header record.” In the                7/8/2009
                                                                      Terminology                                                  current SMART system, “header record” refers to the parent record
                                                                                                                                   for transactions that include both a parent and child relationship. It
                                                                                                                                   does not refer to a record in the interface that contains statistics
                                                                                                                                   about the file being transmitted.

                                                                                                                                   PeopleSoft delivered processes requires that a “statistics record” be
                                                                                                                                   included in the interface files. We are referring to those records as
                                                                                                                                   “control records.”
               22      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Communication &   Does the CD contain the info necessary     No, that is part of conversion. Additional information about Data            7/8/2009
                                                                      Terminology       for converting the assets piece?           Conversion has been provided during the Data Conversion Workshop,
                                                                                                                                   May 5.
               23      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Communication &   How will you notify us of interface        We will post layout changes to the secure website as they become             7/8/2009
                                                                      Terminology       changes?                                   available. A weekly communication from the Technical Team will
                                                                                                                                   be sent to agencies (i.e. Primary Contact, Project Manager, Technical
                                                                                                                                   Contact) outlining updates for that week. If there are no changes, no
                                                                                                                                   communication will be sent.

               24      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Communication &   If my current system takes transaction     The ongoing interface workshops will talk towards conversions but in         7/8/2009
                                                                      Terminology       codes and matches against account          the meantime, you will need to find workarounds using surrogate
                                                                                        strings, how will I determine the values   values.
                                                                                        for that comparison table?

               26      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Communication &   What does “approved status” on the         “Approved” means that the interface has been approved to be built.           7/8/2009
                                                                      Terminology       interface list mean?
               27      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Communication &   What is "SQR", is it a data warehouse      SQR is a programming tool provided with PeopleSoft. It can be used           7/8/2009
                                                                      Terminology       type of access?                            for processing files as well as creating reports. It is used extensively
                                                                                                                                   in PeopleSoft and is referred to generically by the technical team.
                                                                                                                                   SQR is not a data warehouse access tool.

               25      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Communication &   What is budget reference in the layout?    It is called budget reference in the layout, but is used the same way        7/8/2009
                                                                      Terminology                                                  we use budget units today.
               28      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Communication &   What is the difference between internal    External interfaces will transmit files between SMART and Agencies.          7/8/2009
                                                                      Terminology       and external interfaces?                   Internal interface refers to data transfer between SMART and SHaRP.

               29      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Communication &   What resources are available to us?        Project resources are available through office hours. If you have staff      7/8/2009
                                                                      Terminology                                                  issues in your agency you need to resolve those within your agency.




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                    Page 64 of 329                                                                                                       Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                   Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received         Source           Category       Subcategory                     Question                                                  Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Updated
    624
               30      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Communication &     What’s the difference between Interface The terms ”Technical Design” and “Detailed Design” are                        7/8/2009
                                                                      Terminology         Technical Design and Detailed Design?    interchangeable. On some Gantt charts in SMART presentations,
                                                                                                                                   there were 2 different bars. Detailed Design, in those cases refers to
                                                                                                                                   Detailed Design for the entire SMART solution. Interface Detailed
                                                                                                                                   Design is scheduled to finish sooner than overall Detailed Design, to
                                                                                                                                   help facilitate getting necessary information to the agencies as soon
                                                                                                                                   as possible.
               31      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Communication &     Who was on the distribution list for the We distributed the email to technical project managers, primary              7/8/2009
                                                                      Terminology         configuration crosswalk?                 contacts and alternate primary contacts.
               32      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Communication &     Will there be an INF04 Vendor upload     Yes, we will have a workshop with that as well. Agencies can use             7/8/2009
                                                                      Terminology         workshop?                                office hours for that if it is just one group.
               33      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Communication &     Will updates to the Interface Standards Updates to the Interface Standards and File Layouts will be posted to         7/8/2009
                                                                      Terminology         be posted on your web page?              the web page and communicated in an email. We plan to provide an
                                                                                                                                   update at least once each week, if there were changes to report.

               34      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Communication &     Will you post the SMART integration slide Yes, it will be online.                                                     7/8/2009
                                                                      Terminology         online?
               35      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Data Integrity      Since there will be no business           Yes, each agency will be responsible for the accuracy and integrity of      7/8/2009
                                                                                          validations, will SRS program systems     their data.
                                                                                          need to perform edits on the interface
                                                                                          file prior to sending it to SMART?

               36      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Data Transmission   Is the process on how we access the DISC   Agencies will log into the DISC mainframe thru their Core FTP login to     7/8/2009
                                                                                          mainframe changing? Presently we are       retrieve their outbound interface files. This process has not yet been
                                                                                          given read only access to specific         determined. It’s in the final stages and should be ready sometime in
                                                                                          mainframe DISC files.                      early June 2009.

               37      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Error Processing    Most of SRS payments through STARS         Vendors can be updated online and interfaced back to systems; in           7/8/2009
                                                                                          error because of bad vendors. How will     this case all vendors entered on-line must pass the standard set of
                                                                                          we address this potential error?           edit checks. Alternatively, vendors can be created in agency systems
                                                                                                                                     and interfaced to SMART, new vendor records must pass SMART edit
                                                                                                                                     checks (i.e. required values in the required format.) The Finance
                                                                                                                                     Team is still considering how vendor errors will be handled or
                                                                                                                                     corrected.
               38      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Error Processing    Some payment errors occur when there       When a transaction fails Budget Check in SMART, the status is set to       7/8/2009
                                                                                          is a lack of funding. When money is        not passed. During the regularly scheduled nightly processing all
                                                                                          transferred to the fund then the           transactions are again processed by Budget Checking. This will
                                                                                          transaction will be processed the next     continue each night until the transaction passes Budget Checking.
                                                                                          night without a change to the actual
                                                                                          transaction on STARS. Will this be the     Delivered PeopleSoft provides panels to view all transactions that
                                                                                          process in SMART or will the transaction   have not passed Budget Checking.
                                                                                          be considered a Transaction Level Error
                                                                                          that needs to be retransmitted?


a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                      Page 65 of 329                                                                                                     Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                   Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received         Source           Category       Subcategory                     Question                                                     Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Updated
    624
               39      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Error Processing    What are the business rules for error         There are two basic types of errors to consider when processing           7/8/2009
                                                                                          notification?                                 Interface Files. There is a third type of error that’s part of the
                                                                                                                                        accounting process and that is a Budgeting Error. That is not by
                                                                                                                                        definition an Interface Error, as it relates to budgets and whether
                                                                                                                                        transactions pass budget checking.

                                                                                                                                        Business Rules for Error handling have not been developed at this
                                                                                                                                        time. We plan to complete these rules by the end of the Build Phase,
                                                                                                                                        September 2009.
               40      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Error Processing    When errors on the error log are              The architecture details are not yet set, and should be available         7/8/2009
                                                                                          corrected, are they deleted? I am making      during the build phase. The build phase begins soon and is due to be
                                                                                          the assumption that each agency will be       completed by August 31.
                                                                                          responsible for their own errors as it is
                                                                                          now on STARS. But will this be a running      The error handling processes have not yet been designed. We will
                                                                                          log that deletes off the items that are       notify the agencies as soon as they have been designed. Should be
                                                                                          resolved or will it be on the list once and   completed by August 2009.
                                                                                          it's then up to the agency to catch.


               41      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Interface Layouts   Agency code is composed of three (3)      Positions 1 & 2 in the SMART interface file naming convention will            7/8/2009
                                                                                          alphanumeric characters. Positions 1 & 2 indicate the agency transmitting or receiving the interface file. An
                                                                                          will indicate the agency transmitting the example file name would be RV.TOSMRT.AP02XXX.N01.donn
                                                                                          interface file to SMART. Dept. of
                                                                                          Revenue has typically used RV - will that
                                                                                          remain the same? If Revenue is not
                                                                                          allowed to use “RV”, will SMART assign
                                                                                          agency codes to all agencies? (4.1 and
                                                                                          other areas)
               42      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Interface Layouts   How set in the stone are the interfaces?      Since we are still in the design phase, some of the interface layouts     7/8/2009
                                                                                                                                        could change. However these would be minor changes such as the
                                                                                                                                        addition or deletion of a field. We will provide you with those
                                                                                                                                        changes as they become available.
               43      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Interface Layouts   How will the sub-organization for the         Sub-organization on the interface file name would be determined by        7/8/2009
                                                                                          agencies be designated and who will           the agency if they have multiple internal agency systems that would
                                                                                          determine these?                              be interfacing the same type of file into SMART.

               44      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Interface Layouts   I did not see anything that looked like a     Agencies cannot interface the “final payment” indicator into SMART.       7/8/2009
                                                                                          reference similar to the current “final       Because it is not included on the interface, agencies would need to
                                                                                          payment” indicator. Does something like       access the voucher after it is in SMART and access the final payment
                                                                                          that exist?                                   indicator. The act of “liquidating” the encumbrance does not have a
                                                                                                                                        GL impact; it only releases the encumbrance and restores budgetary
                                                                                                                                        authority for the amount of the unused PO.

a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                      Page 66 of 329                                                                                                       Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                   Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received         Source           Category       Subcategory                      Question                                                    Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Updated
    624
               45      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Interface Layouts   Is there a field that we can use to carry a Use the payment message or invoice ID field on INF02, since it            7/8/2009
                                                                                          value all the way through the process and remains attached to the transaction through to INF03. Both are on
                                                                                          back to us?                                 the header and not the individual line, so if you use them you will
                                                                                                                                      have to have one line per vendor, which will translate to one header
                                                                                                                                      per vendor. Both values will print on the advice to the vendor.

               46      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Interface Layouts   The inbound layout shows a                  VOUCHER_ID_RELATED allows agencies to relate an adjustment to a           7/8/2009
                                                                                          VOUCHER_ID_RELATED and                      previously processed voucher. This is used in the case of making an
                                                                                          VOUCHER_LINE_NUM as unique                  adjustment to a voucher and stores the 8-digit related voucher
                                                                                          identifiers. Will this be unique to the     number. VOUCHER_LINE_NUM is a unique, sequential number
                                                                                          agency or statewide?                        provided for each voucher line and indicates the individual line
                                                                                                                                      associated with a payment voucher.

               47      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Interface Layouts   What is the relationship between            The Voucher data in PeopleSoft is maintained in several tables. The       7/8/2009
                                                                                          Voucher Header, Voucher Line, Voucher       main tables are Voucher Header, Voucher Line and Voucher
                                                                                          Distribution and Single Payment Line?       Distribution. The Voucher Header (one) is the parent table for
                                                                                                                                      Voucher Line (many), with a one to many relationship. Each Voucher
                                                                                                                                      Line (one) can have multiple Voucher Distributions (many).
                                                                                                                                      1. The Voucher Header contains the general or overall information
                                                                                                                                      for each Voucher.
                                                                                                                                      2. The Voucher Line contains all the individual items that are being
                                                                                                                                      paid.
                                                                                                                                      3. The Voucher Distribution is where the accounting information or
                                                                                                                                      ChartFields are stored for each Voucher Line. Each Voucher Line
                                                                                                                                      can be charged to multiple ChartField combinations.
                                                                                                                                      4. Single Payment (many) is a child of Voucher Header (one). Single
                                                                                                                                      Payment line contains information that qualifies the transaction as a
                                                                                                                                      Single Payment Voucher.

                                                                                                                                      Single Payment Voucher– Interfaces with the SMART system but does
                                                                                                                                      not have their information maintained in the SMART system.


               48      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Interface Layouts   Will the AP Vendor Download and Upload Yes.                                                                           7/8/2009
                                                                                          be replacing the State Vendor File?

               49      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Interface Layouts   Will the voucher ID field be specific to the This field must be unique within its business unit.                      7/8/2009
                                                                                          business unit and accounting date?




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                      Page 67 of 329                                                                                                     Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                  Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                            Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received         Source           Category       Subcategory                   Question                                                 Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                            Updated
    624
               50      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Interfund         Has a decision been made on interfunds    The interfund solution using AP and AR functionality is currently           7/8/2009
                                                                                        and journal vouchers?                     being designed around requirements that include: 1) AP and AR
                                                                                                                                  transactions of each interfund will be associated, 2) the AP and AR
                                                                                                                                  transactions be released to process in SMART in the same cycle, 3)
                                                                                                                                  provide for spreadsheet upload and interface of transactions, 4)
                                                                                                                                  provide for notification within and between AP and AR agency users,
                                                                                                                                  5) user agencies able to see both sides of the transaction and 6) each
                                                                                                                                  agency ability to control entry and approval of its side of the
                                                                                                                                  transaction.
               51      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Interfund         Is INF44 the same interface for both     Yes, INF44 will be used for both.                                            7/8/2009
                                                                                        regular deposits and interfund vouchers?

               52      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Interfund         Would it be good to have an interfunds-   We can make that an agenda item on the June meeting or can we do            7/8/2009
                                                                                        specific meeting?                         it sooner. We will make this a takeaway.
               53      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Mapping           What about the mapping of fields          Data mapping from current systems to SMART will not be provided             7/8/2009
                                                                                        between STARS and SOKI3+ with             by the Sunflower Project Team. Each agency will need to work with
                                                                                        corresponding fields in SMART?            their Functional experts to map this data.
               54      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Mapping           Who is responsible to map our current     Each agency will map their systems to SMART.                                7/8/2009
                                                                                        system files to the SMART system?

               55      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Payroll           Where is the payroll funding interface?   SHaRP (payroll) interfaces apply to a limited number of agencies and        7/8/2009
                                                                                                                                  will be addressed in a parallel effort, i.e. layouts and workshop to
                                                                                                                                  discuss layouts. INF06 will be used to submit payroll charges (DA175)
                                                                                                                                  and payroll adjustments (DA176). The decision regarding the use of
                                                                                                                                  Dept of Administration clearing funds in SMART will be made as part
                                                                                                                                  of the final technical design. If Dept of Administration clearing funds
                                                                                                                                  continue to be used, the payroll transfer to the Dept of
                                                                                                                                  Administration clearing funds (DA150) will also be made using INF06.


               56      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Payroll           Will payroll be a different format?       No, there are some minor changes to Charts of Accounts, but nothing         7/8/2009
                                                                                                                                  major.
               57      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Schedule          Have you gotten any feedback from         We always said that there would be an eight to ten month period to          7/8/2009
                                                                                        agencies on whether September 1st is a    build this system. There are 5 months for both sides' systems to drain
                                                                                        doable period?                            requirements. Development work will be done and test work will be
                                                                                                                                  starting. It took awhile to get out COA and interface standards and
                                                                                                                                  that sacrificed some of your timeline. But we still have a go-live at
                                                                                                                                  fiscal yearend that cannot change and we need to strive to meet
                                                                                                                                  those dates. We are looking for info on project plans to understand if
                                                                                                                                  it is/isn't doable. We need to know if you are going to have a problem
                                                                                                                                  meeting these dates. If you are, you need to let us know immediately
                                                                                                                                  so that we can provide resources to help you.


a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                    Page 68 of 329                                                                                                     Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                   Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Date Last
   use:       ID    Date Received         Source           Category       Subcategory                       Question                                                     Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Updated
    624
               58      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Schedule             Looking at the timeline, connectivity        We do not expect connectivity to take two months, connectivity will             7/8/2009
                                                                                           seems rather simple and should only take     only be checked off; if we move assembly forward, then agencies will
                                                                                           1 month; could assembly be moved             have less build time. Connectivity testing does not compete with
                                                                                           forward?                                     development; it should be done as a parallel process.

               59      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Security             Will security be assigned by central         The decision has been made to administer all security centrally. After          7/8/2009
                                                                      Administration       agency or will all agencies maintain their   go-live, this topic may be addressed again.
                                                                                           own security roles?
               60      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Standards and File   Are you putting anything into the output     Yes, some fields in that layout will not be in the input file. In the case      7/8/2009
                                                                      Formats              file that is not in the input file?          of INF02 and INF03, the outbound contains warrant information,
                                                                                                                                        warrant number, date and status but refer to the layouts for the
                                                                                                                                        complete list of fields.
               61      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Standards and File   Can the interface data be sent in XML        No. The standard file format is ASCII, fixed width text file.                   7/8/2009
                                                                      Formats              instead of a flat file?
               62      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Standards and File   Could you provide a list of valid "values"   This information will be provided as it is known, and is due to be              7/8/2009
                                                                      Formats              for applicable fields?                       completed during the Build phase, i.e. over the next 2-4 months.

               63      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Standards and File   Do we need filler characters?                Each field in an Interface file will be fixed length. The overall file will     7/8/2009
                                                                      Formats                                                           be fixed length. If the data provided in any given field does not use
                                                                                                                                        the allotted characters, then spaces are required to fill the unused
                                                                                                                                        space.
               64      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Standards and File   How many Interfaces are outbound and         As of this writing, there are 25 interfaces. 14 are inbound, and 11             7/8/2009
                                                                      Formats              how many are inbound?                        are outbound. Others are being considered. Over half the interfaces
                                                                                                                                        are for central systems that agencies do not need to consider. Few
                                                                                                                                        agencies will be using more than three or four. If agencies are unsure
                                                                                                                                        which interfaces they should use please contact us.

               65      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Standards and File   Inbound files will be archived in the        Once data from Interfaces has been processed into the SMART                     7/8/2009
                                                                      Formats              archival directory for a period of time.     production system, the files will be moved to an archive directory. It
                                                                                           What time frame is planned on for these      has not yet been determined the length of time those archived files
                                                                                           files? If this time is less than one year,   will be maintained. We hope to make that determination by the end
                                                                                           will the information from these files be     of the Build Phase, September 2009.
                                                                                           accessible in the data warehouse?
                                                                                                                                        Interface files will not be moved to the Data Warehouse. Only
                                                                                                                                        transactions that reside in SMART and SHaRP will be moved to the
                                                                                                                                        Data Warehouse.
               66      5/19/2009 Interface Workshop   Interface       Standards and File   Is “Voucher ID” alphanumeric?                Yes. SMART voucher numbering can include alpha characters but the               7/8/2009
                                                                      Formats                                                           batch load has to have an attribute that makes the IDs unique within
                                                                                                                                        that group of IDs.




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                       Page 69 of 329                                                                                                            Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                               Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Date Last
   use:       ID       Date Received         Source             Category            Subcategory                       Question                                                      Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Updated
    624
               67         5/19/2009 Interface Workshop     Interface            Standards and File   We need the field description to specify Each field in an Interface file will be fixed length. The overall file will        7/8/2009
                                                                                Formats              for each field whether you want blanks or be fixed length. If the data provided in any given field does not use
                                                                                                     zeroes.                                   the allotted characters, then spaces are required to fill the unused
                                                                                                                                               space. Based on the requirements we know today, there are no
                                                                                                                                               interfaces that need to use zeros as place holders.

               68         5/19/2009 Interface Workshop     Interface            Testing              Do you plan for an assembly test, and will     We want to see all files go through assembly tests, so, yes, we are          7/8/2009
                                                                                                     all discrete files go through assembly         planning assembly tests.
                                                                                                     test?
               69         5/19/2009 Interface Workshop     Interface            Testing              If all conditions will be tested, from every   Yes, everything should be built by then so that we can validate both         7/8/2009
                                                                                                     file type, does the Project envision that      our conditions and yours.
                                                                                                     all systems in every agency will be
                                                                                                     updated and built by September 1?

               70         5/19/2009 Interface Workshop     Interface            Testing              If I have 10 users uploading a type of file,   No; we only need one file of each type from a system to make the             7/8/2009
                                                                                                     will we need to process all those              complete trip, not a file from each user that uses that system.
                                                                                                     through?
               71         5/19/2009 Interface Workshop     Interface            Testing              Is connectivity test for all files that areNot all files will go through connectivity testing, it is just to see if you     7/8/2009
                                                                                                     going to be uploaded?                      can transfer files and make sure a transfer between "point a" and
                                                                                                                                                "point b" is successful. It will help to remove barriers such as firewalls
                                                                                                                                                and IP addresses.
               72         5/19/2009 Interface Workshop     Interface            Testing              Will the https uploads be available during Yes.                                                                             7/8/2009
                                                                                                     assembly test?
                   1      1/22/2009 Change Agent Network   General Enterprise   Agency Tasks         How will agencies be notified when there Details of how agencies will be notified will be shared at Change                  7/8/2009
                                    Launch                 Readiness                                 are changes to the Agency Task List?       Agent Network Meeting #2 (3/26/2009). For now, rest assured that
                                                                                                                                                any changes will be communicated to all Change Agents.

                   2      1/22/2009 Change Agent Network   General Enterprise   Agency Tasks         How will completion of tasks on the            Completion of tasks will be monitored both informally and formally.          7/8/2009
                                    Launch                 Readiness                                 Agency Task List be monitored?                 Informal monitoring is handled by Agency Readiness Liaisons during
                                                                                                                                                    their regular contacts with Change Agents. Formal monitoring is
                                                                                                                                                    conducted on a regular basis via Readiness Assessments and other
                                                                                                                                                    surveys.
                   3      1/22/2009 Change Agent Network   General Enterprise   CAN Meetings         Since many agencies face budget                The Sunflower Project began testing web conferencing capability              7/8/2009
                                    Launch                 Readiness                                 restrictions which limit their staff's ability prior to the Change Agent Network Launch. We anticipate that
                                                                                                     to travel, will remote attendance be an        alternatives to in-person attendance will be available for remote
                                                                                                     option at future Change Agent Network agencies in time for Change Agent Network Meeting #2 (3/26/2009).
                                                                                                     Meetings?                                      Details will be communicated as they become available.

                   4      1/22/2009 Change Agent Network   General Enterprise   CAN Meetings         When will dates of future Change Agent         Projected dates for all Change Agent Network Meetings are included           7/8/2009
                                    Launch                 Readiness                                 Network Meetings be published?                 in the Agency Task List. As soon as critical logistics for each meeting
                                                                                                                                                    are confirmed, the Sunflower Project will publish the confirmed
                                                                                                                                                    meeting date, time, and location.




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                                  Page 70 of 329                                                                                                          Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                                             Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Date Last
   use:       ID       Date Received         Source             Category           Subcategory                    Question                                                      Answer
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Updated
    624
                   5      1/22/2009 Change Agent Network   General Enterprise   Readiness         What is a Readiness Assessment?               A Readiness Assessment is a tool the Sunflower Project uses to help           7/8/2009
                                    Launch                 Readiness            Assessment                                                      evaluate each agency's level of readiness for SMART implementation.
                                                                                                                                                Readiness Assessments are deployed periodically in the form of
                                                                                                                                                online surveys. Although they may need assistance from others at the
                                                                                                                                                agency, the Agency Primary Contacts are responsible for ensuring
                                                                                                                                                each Readiness Assessment is completed in its entirety and on
                                                                                                                                                schedule.

                   6      1/22/2009 Change Agent Network   Training             Schedule          Sunflower Project training activities occur   Best practices show it is best to provide training 'just in time' for the     7/8/2009
                                    Launch                                                        right in the middle of fiscal year-end        implementation of a new IT system. In order to be effective certain
                                                                                                  activities (April 2010 to June 2010) when     training activities must be conducted immediately prior to SMART go-
                                                                                                  agencies are busy with other tasks. Why       live, which coincides with the start of the fiscal year. However, the
                                                                                                  is this, and has the project considered       project will take steps to minimize the impact, such as working with
                                                                                                  alternatives?                                 agencies to schedule staff involved in year-end activities for earlier
                                                                                                                                                training sessions.




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                                              Page 71 of 329                                                                                                           Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 72 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 73 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 74 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 75 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 76 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 77 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 78 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 79 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 80 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 81 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 82 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 83 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 84 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 85 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 86 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 87 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 88 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 89 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 90 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 91 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 92 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 93 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 94 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 95 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 96 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 97 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 98 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                    Page 99 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 100 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 101 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 102 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 103 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 104 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 105 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 106 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 107 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 108 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 109 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 110 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 111 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 112 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 113 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 114 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 115 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 116 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 117 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 118 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 119 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 120 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 121 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 122 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 123 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 124 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 125 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 126 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 127 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 128 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 129 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 130 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 131 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 132 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 133 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 134 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 135 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 136 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 137 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 138 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 139 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 140 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 141 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 142 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 143 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 144 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 145 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 146 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 147 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 148 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 149 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 150 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 151 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 152 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 153 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 154 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 155 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 156 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 157 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 158 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 159 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 160 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 161 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 162 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                                        Sunflower Project Questions and Answers
  Max ID in
                                                                                                                           Date Last
   use:       ID   Date Received         Source      Category   Subcategory            Question                   Answer
                                                                                                                           Updated
    624




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                                   Page 163 of 329                                   Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 164 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 165 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 166 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 167 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 168 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 169 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 170 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 171 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 172 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 173 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 174 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 175 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 176 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 177 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 178 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 179 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 180 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 181 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 182 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 183 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 184 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 185 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 186 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 187 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 188 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 189 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 190 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 191 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 192 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 193 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 194 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 195 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 196 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 197 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 198 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 199 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 200 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 201 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 202 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 203 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 204 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 205 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 206 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 207 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 208 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 209 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 210 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 211 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 212 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 213 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 214 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 215 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 216 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 217 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 218 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 219 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 220 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 221 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 222 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 223 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 224 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 225 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 226 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 227 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 228 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 229 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 230 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 231 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 232 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 233 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 234 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 235 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 236 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 237 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 238 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 239 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 240 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 241 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 242 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 243 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 244 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 245 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 246 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 247 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 248 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 249 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 250 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 251 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 252 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 253 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 254 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 255 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 256 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 257 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 258 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 259 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 260 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 261 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 262 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 263 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 264 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 265 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 266 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 267 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 268 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 269 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 270 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 271 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 272 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 273 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 274 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 275 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 276 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 277 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 278 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 279 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 280 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 281 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 282 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 283 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 284 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 285 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 286 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 287 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 288 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 289 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 290 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 291 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 292 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 293 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 294 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 295 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 296 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 297 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 298 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 299 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 300 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 301 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 302 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 303 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 304 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 305 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 306 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 307 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 308 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 309 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 310 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 311 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 312 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 313 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 314 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 315 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 316 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 317 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 318 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 319 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 320 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 321 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 322 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 323 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 324 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 325 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
                                                     Sunflower Project Questions and Answers




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls - Details                Page 326 of 329              Printed 7/5/2012
    Status             Team          FAQ?                   Category
Closed         Agency Readiness   Yes       Cutover
Open           Central Systems    No        Data Conversion
Decision TBD   FIN - General      Candidate Data Warehouse and Reporting
               FIN - AM                     Functional - Accounts Payable
               FIN - AP                     Functional - Accounts Receivable
               FIN - AR                     Functional - Asset Management
               FIN - GL                     Functional - General
               FIN - PC                     Functional - General Ledger
               FIN - PO                     Functional - Projects and Grants
               Leadership                   Functional - Purchasing
               Reporting                    Functional - Time and Labor
               Technical                    General Enterprise Readiness
               Training                     Interface
                                            Post Go-Live
                                            Training
                Sunflower Project Questions and Answers - Documentation

112a: Customer Information Page




112b: Customer Information Page




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls   328 of 329                     Printed 7/5/2012
                Sunflower Project Questions and Answers - Documentation


112c: Contact Information Page




a9a13f5d-219c-4617-80d6-9f6a501ff901.xls   329 of 329                     Printed 7/5/2012

						
Related docs
Other docs by HC120705065047
Club Kit Order Form - DOC
Views: 2  |  Downloads: 0
Facility Opening and Closing Checklist - DOC
Views: 368  |  Downloads: 0
Team Roster Form - Excel
Views: 8  |  Downloads: 0
�lkenizin Adi
Views: 5  |  Downloads: 0
staying au courant new
Views: 1  |  Downloads: 0
� Access Document
Views: 0  |  Downloads: 0
According to officials
Views: 3  |  Downloads: 0